FLEXEMESSAGING COM INC/NEW
10SB12G/A, 2000-03-10
ELECTRONIC PARTS & EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: AMERIPRIME ADVISORS TRUST, 485APOS, 2000-03-10
Next: MCK COMMUNICATIONS INC, S-1, 2000-03-10




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington D.C. 20549

                          -----------------------------

                                 FORM 10-SB12G/A
                          -----------------------------

                 GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES OF
                             SMALL BUSINESS ISSUERS
                             Under Section 12(g) of
                       The Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                          ----------------------------

                            FLEXEMESSAGING.COM, INC.
                          -----------------------------
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in its charter)


                  Idaho                                         82-0485978
      (State or other jurisdiction of                        (I.R.S. Employer
       incorporation or organization)                        Identification No.)


             Level 27 Grosvenor Place
             225 George Street
             Sydney, Australia                                      NSW 2000
             --------------------------------------                 --------
           (Address of principal executive offices)                 (Zip code)

                 Issuer's telephone number: (011) 61 2 9250-8888
                                 ---------------


Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   none

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   Common Stock




<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page

PART I

Item 1.    Description of Business

Item 2.    Management's Discussion and Analysis

Item 3.    Description of Property

Item 4.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
                    and Management

Item 5.    Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and
                     Control Persons

Item 6.    Executive Compensation

Item 7.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Item 8.    Description of Securities

PART II

Item 1.    Market for Common Equities and Related
                   Stockholder Matters

Item 2.    Legal Proceedings

Item 3.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants

Item 4.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Item 5.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

PART F/S

Financial Statements

PART III

Item 1.    Index to Exhibits

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
                                     PART I


The Company cautions readers regarding certain forward looking statements in the
following  discussion and elsewhere in this document or any other statement made
by, or on the behalf of the Company,  whether or not in future  filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  Forward-looking statements are not based on
historical  information but relate to future operations,  strategies,  financial
results or other developments.  Forward looking statements are necessarily based
upon  estimates  and  assumptions  that are  inherently  subject to  significant
business,  economic and competitive  uncertainties  and  contingencies,  many of
which are beyond the Company's control and many of which, with respect to future
business decisions, are subject to change. These uncertainties and contingencies
can affect actual  results and could cause actual  results to differ  materially
from those expressed in any forward looking statements made by, or on behalf of,
the Company.  The Company  disclaims any  obligation  to update  forward-looking
statements.


Item 1.  Description of Business


FlexEmessaging.Com,  Inc.  was  formed  under  the laws of the State of Idaho on
August 29,  1957 under the name of Siler  Equipment  Sales,  Inc. to salvage and
sell scrap  metal,  mine timber and related  mining  products  (the  "Company").
Thereafter,   the  name  of  the  Company   was  changed  to  American   Network
Technologies, Inc. on February 20, 1996, to Piazztec International, Inc. on June
18, 1997 and Siler Ventures,  Inc. ("SVI") on February 23, 1998. On February 15,
1999, the Company changed its name to FlexEmessaging.Com, Inc. to better reflect
the new industry in which it now operates.

On February 5, 1999, SVI entered into an  acquisition  agreement with Trade Wind
Communications  Limited ("TWC"),  a Bermudan  corporation listed on the Canadian
Venture  Exchange,  to purchase all of its business  assets,  consisting  of the
stock of Trade Wind Group Pty Limited ("TWG"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of TWC,
incorporated on September 6, [3]1988.  SVI was a non-operating public shell with
no tangible assets and 500,000 shares of common stock  outstanding.  This merger
of TWG and SVI (a non-operating public shell with a tangible asset value of nil)
resulted in TWG having  actual or  effective  operating  control of the combined
Company after the transaction. As a result, this transaction has been treated as
a capital transaction in substance,  rather than a business  combination and has
been   accounted  for  as  a  reverse   acquisition.   Any  references  to  past
accomplishments  of the  Company  and its  financial  information,  prior to the
acquisition,  relate  solely  to TWG,  as  combined,  since  SVI  (now  known as
Flexemessaging.com,  Inc.) has been inactive for several years. SVI acquired the
assets of TWG in  exchange  for the  issuance  of 8.8  million  shares of common
stock.  This valuation was based on arms length  negotiation  driven by ultimate
ownership  principles.   A  forward  valuation  based  on  future  revenues  was
determined and from this  capitalization  model,  the total  outstanding  common
stock was calculated. Thereafter, the respective equity ownership positions were
negotiated.

Company

Pursuant to the Merger  Agreement,  the Company  entered into an agreement  with
Atlantic  International  Capital Holdings Ltd., a Bermudan corporation ("AICH"),
with the  objective  of  performing  two tasks.  First,  AICH was to identify an
acquisition  candidate  and  secondly  AICH was to arrange  for  funding for the
Company.  Pursuant to that  agreement,  AICH  identified  SVI as an  acquisition
vehicle and  assisted  the Company in  structuring  and  concluding  the reverse
acquisition,, including assisting the Company in seeking financing of $3,660,000
through the sale of the Company's common stock utilizing private placements.  As
a condition of the agreement with AICH,  600,000 shares of the Company's  common
stock were issued to AICH as performance  shares for arranging  future financing
to fund the Company's operating needs. These performance shares are subject to a
lockup  agreement signed by AICH whereby shares will be released from the lockup
agreement in proportion to the funds

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

raised by AICH, subject to a minimum of $1 million.  The funding minimum was not
raised within the required 70 days as a result of various delays  concerning the
merger  agreement with the US shell  Company,  SVI. The Company has informed its
transfer  agent,   Interstate  Transfer  Company  of  the  restriction  and  non
performance.  The treatment of these  performance  shares is under review by the
board pending the result of the latest capital raising activity by AICH.

The Company is primarily engaged in two major business segments:  voice and data
systems and electronic  messaging.  The Company's voice and data systems segment
(hereinafter  referred to as the "Voice & Data  Division") is a  distributor  of
communication  systems and data applications for financial traders and emergency
services  operations.  The Company's  electronic  messaging segment (hereinafter
referred  to as the  "Flexifax  Division")  provides  customers  with  a  global
enhanced  fax and  email  broadcast  services  originating  from the  customers'
desktop personal  computer ("PC").  The enhanced fax and email broadcast service
allows clients to prepare documents for distribution and send them directly from
their PC to the Flexifax network for distribution  worldwide.  Clients dial into
the  Flexifax  service  using a modem  or via the  Web  interface.  The  Company
specializes in "Broadcast"  distribution whereby the same document(s) is sent to
multiple  recipients.  Once the  document(s),  together with the fax numbers and
email  addresses  of the  recipients  have been  received by  Flexifax  they are
distributed by Flexifax via various  carriers to the recipients  anywhere in the
world.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

The Company presently operates through eight subsidiaries incorporated under the
laws of New South Wales,  Australia and  Singapore,  and with  approximately  63
employees,  including 60 full-time employees as at December 15, 1999. One of the
eight subsidiaries of the acquired TWG is a wholly-owned subsidiary called Trade
Wind Marketing Pty Ltd ("TWM"), a New South Wales, Australian  corporation.  The
Company's  above-described  operating  divisions  operate  under  TWM  using the
tradename  of  'Flexifax  Global  Services'  and `Trade  Center  Products'.  The
Company's principal office is located in Sydney, Australia. The Company's assets
consist  of  office  equipment,  leasehold  improvements  and the  value  of its
on-going business operations.


Outlook


FlexiFax Division



Over the next 12 months  the  Company  plans to  re-position  its  offerings  of
products and services into a more broad-based messaging operation,  reducing its
dependence  on fax and focusing on offering  specific  channel based value added
services to  customers  rather than  solely  carriage of fax traffic  over a fax
network.   Currently  the  Company   enables   clients  to  send  documents  for
distribution  via fax or email and earn revenue based on a fee per minute.  This
is considered a standard  service.  Channel based value added  services  ("VAS")
provides  further  added  value by  identifying  the  needs for  certain  market
segments(channels)  and  designing  a special  service  around  these needs (See
"Overview-FlexiFax  Division  - Product  and  Market  Evolution"  below for more
detail  concerning  VAS).  Examples  of such  services  are  list  and  database
management and marketing services, as well as services that are complementary to
the  existing  messaging  platforms  which  will drive and  maximize  e-commerce
opportunities   and   interactivity,   including   emarketing  and  one  to  one
(personalized) web marketing services.

To facilitate this, the Company plans to develop strategic  relationships and/or
partnerships  with  telecommunications   carriers,  Internet  Service  Providers
("ISPs") and companies with  complementary  messaging  technologies or services,
possibly even potential  competitors.  These relationships could cover areas and
activities  such as sales,  product  marketing,  services,  technology  sharing,
network partnering,  traffic  distribution and/or service provision  agreements.
The Company may divest itself of certain  technologies in order to move to newer
ones or seek alternative methods of global traffic distribution,  thus providing
more  scope for  efficient  and cost  effective  distribution  of its  customers
messaging  traffic.  The  Company  has  already  concluded  one  such  strategic
alliance.  On December 2, 1999,  the Company  signed an agreement  with Premiere
Information Systems Pty Ltd ("Premiere"),  a subsidiary of Premiere Technologies
Inc., (NASDAQ: PTEK) a communications Company based in Atlanta,  Georgia whereby
the Company  outsources the delivery of its fax traffic to the Premiere network.
The  outsourcing  to  Premiere is expected  to  enablethe  FlexiFax  Division to
generate a profit in the immediate future, as the Company will no longer have to
run an expensive,  low traffic volume,  global network  supported 24 hours a day
around the  world.  The  agreement  with  Premiere  is for a period of two years
subject to an initial one year period wherein the Company

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

may cancel the  agreement if the  performance  of the Premiere  network does not
meet agreed levels of performance.  Thereafter,  the agreement is  automatically
extended  subject  to a 6  months  cancellation  clause  by  either  party.  The
agreement also offers either party the ability of badging products (selling each
others products under their own corporate banner) from the other.

The Company's unique Flexifax client software application,  Web page and Gateway
technology have been retained by the Company.  The Company's Gateway  technology
has allowed its delivery  infrastructure to be modified so that it may interface
with more than one network at a time. For example,  it allows for e-mail traffic
to be delivered to a high speed internet service,  while passing off fax traffic
to the Premiere network.  The development of the Gateway technology has provided
the following  benefits:  it has streamlined the ability of the Flexifax clients
to send the same  document to a mixture of e-mail and fax  addresses in the same
broadcast;  it unlocked Flexifax's dependence on a customized network controlled
by a  mainframe  computer;  and it has  enabled  rapid  development  of  product
enhancements  and the  intelligent  handling of different file formats.  The Web
page  technology  is a web user  interface  that allow clients to send lists and
documents to FlexiFax via the internet for broadcast.



Voice and Data Division

The Company plans to expand its Voice and Data Division further into call center
(now often called 'contact  centers')  applications and has signed a distributor
agreement with IPC Information Systems ("IPC"), a New York corporation  (NASDAQ:
IPI), involved in the delivery of integrated multimedia communications solutions
to  the  financial  trading  industry,  to  distribute  its  Turret  systems  in
Australia.  This  relationship  will complement the Voice and Data Division call
center operations  supplying Rockwell  Electronic Commerce solutions and related
activities as the  convergence  between  dealing room operations and call center
operations continue.  Rockwell Electronic Commerce  ("Rockwell") is a subsidiary
of  Rockwell  International  (NYSE:  ROK)  a  global  electronics  Company  with
operations in industrial automation, avionics and communications, and electronic
commerce.


Overview

FlexiFax Division


Flexifax Global Services  ("Flexifax")  was initially  started about 5 years ago
whereby  the  Company  saw the  growing  need  for  sending  information  by fax
efficiently to multiple  destinations.  It was envisaged that the world would be
sending their messages from the desktop  rather than from the fax machine.  Thus
all future development would be based on the digital environment of the desktop.
The Company  purchased a software  application  utilizing a Tandem  Computer and
enhanced  its   functionality   and  efficiency.   The  Company  then  gradually
established a global network with remote nodes,  which are industrial  PC's with
fax cards, in international  centers such as London, New York, Hong Kong, Tokyo,
Singapore,  Wellington,  Auckland  and most of the major  cities in  Australia..
Presently  the Company has  outsourced  its  networking  function to Premiere in
order to reduce the high costs of  maintaining  such a network  for its own use.
Distributors were appointed in some countries,  mainly where nodes existed.  The
Company also established a presence in London and Singapore.

Product and Market Evolution

FlexiFax today is a digital fax and email broadcasting service which distributes
a document from a user's  desktop to potentially  thousands of  recipients'  fax
machines and/or PCs. The software  enables  stand-alone or networked PC users to
connect to the  network  for fast  transmission  to  worldwide  recipients.  The
service offers a number of key features:


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

        Broadcast directly from the desktop.
        Minimum online sending time.
        Fine print definition due to transmission of document in digital format.
        Flexible and secure list database management.
        Web browser connection
        File attachment

The growth of fax, and especially IP fax (see below) continues and the potential
for  broadcast  fax in the  business-to-business  area is a long way from  being
fully realized.


The use of email and other forms of Internet-based messaging are also growing at
an  even  greater  rate.  These  methods  are   complementary  to,  rather  than
competitive  with,  fax  broadcasts  as each are  suited  to  particular  tasks.
Accordingly,  FlexiFax now offers the capability of broadcasts  that combine fax
and email addresses, with the added option of Web-browser access to its network,
leaving  the  choice  of  method  to the  senders,  based  on  their  customers'
preferences.  The next  stage of the  Company's  evolution  is to provide a high
degree of specialist value added services across all messaging  technologies and
become  involved  in the  growth  of  technologies,  such as  e-mail  management
outsourcing  and  e-commerce,  where  messaging  forms an essential  part of the
service.  The Company will focus on specific  channel based value added services
(VAS). The first channel based VAS launched by the Company is "Flexemedia". This
service caters to companies issuing press releases to a number of specific media
editors or similar services with the hope that their story will be picked up. To
this end, the Company has  developed  and is  maintaining a number lists on such
editors in a  centralized  database  and has  determined  the  preferred  format
editors  desire to receive  releases  (by fax,  email or both).  These lists are
subdivided  by type of  media  editors  (e.g.  metropolitan  newspapers,  sports
editors,  financial  editors  etc.).  The client  sending the press  release can
therefore choose the type of media distribution they desire to target.

Other services the Company plans to offer may include compiling a recipient list
database hosting  applications for use by large clients,  opt in data base lists
and  profiling  recipients  so as to assist  existing and  potential  clients to
target their marketing  projects more closely to the recipients or clients areas
of  interest.  This is sometimes  called  "Target  Marketing".  The Company will
undertake  this by  building  onto its  Gateway  technology  and Web  interface,
thereby enhancing or expanding its capabilities.  Ideally the Company will offer
these services from its Web page.  Such specific  channel VAS can command a much
higher price and therefore margin for the Company.



Market Segmentation


The large  potential of the total  broadcast  market  arises from the very large
number of fax machines  installed  throughout the world.  Estimates vary from 60
million to 100 million fax devices installed world wide all capable of receiving
fax messages from each other.  The potential is also aided from  innovation  and
added value that message  broadcasting  brings to  organizations  using the more
conventional methods (postal mail outs, newspaper advertisements etc).


Users of broadcast messaging include, but are not limited to:

            Banks, Securities Houses and Brokers
            Public Relations and Marketing Companies

            Wholesale  Distributors  (e.g.  Computer Products,  Books,  Records,
            Food) [11]Life Insurance and Superannuation (similar to defined
            contribution plans) Companies
            Shipping and Freight Forwarders
            Professional Services Organizations
            Professional Associations
            Political and Lobby Organizations
            Government and near-Government Organizations


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

Global Service


The Flexifax Gateway technology uses Internet Protocol ("IP") or FTP to send its
traffic to the ISP or Carrier for message delivery.  The agreement with Premiere
integrating the use of their Global Network opens up opportunities  for business
in other  locations in future by the Company,  as the  Premiere  Global  Network
consists of a number of nodes  around the world.  The current  operation  of the
Company is to originate  traffic in Australia for delivery anywhere in the world
through the Premiere  network for fax.  However,  in the future when the Company
sets up a VAS  offering  in another  country,  the  Company's  services  will be
capable of integration with a local Premiere node (via a Flexifax Gateway server
located at that node) to take  advantage of local  delivery  rates.  This global
architecture of the fax delivery  network lends itself to the  establishment  of
local  subsidiaries,  branch offices and distributors in the future. The service
can be made  available  from any chosen place in the world and supported by a 24
hour help desk.


Strengths for the Future.


Frost and Sullivan, an international marketing, consulting and training company,
in their report "World Internet Protocol Faxing Markets",  estimated that global
IP  faxing  will have  increased  from 6  million  minutes  in 1997 to around 90
million  minutes  by the end of 2001.  There is even  more  rapid  growth in the
volume of e-mail. FlexiFax's IP messaging technology, combining fax and email in
the same broadcast,  provides a platform  springboard for becoming a broad-based
global messaging Company,  which stands to benefit greatly from the expansion of
the market and the power of the Internet.


Growth Record


FlexiFax has  increased its volume of delivered fax minutes from 280,000 in 1995
to 19.5 million in 1999.


Strategy for Future Growth


The  Company  recognizes  that  for  strong  growth  in  the  future  it  has to
re-position itself into the broad-based electronic messaging market and focus on
specific  market  channels  to provide  value  added  services.  The Company has
identified  the need to move from its reliance on faxing  technology and its use
of a fax only  global  network in order to share more in the high  growth in the
Internet.  This will involve the Company  managing much higher volumes of client
electronic messaging business but with a lower unit cost and margin,  preferably
with revenue  realized on a per transaction  basis.  The first step has been the
strategic  alliance with Premiere,  whereby Flexifax has outsourced the delivery
of its fax traffic to the Premiere  network.  The Company's  management plans to
further  achieve its aims by aligning  the Company  with,  and  leveraging  off,
larger industry  players or recognized  leaders in their field, and then provide
specialist  added value messaging  services to such  players/leaders,  and their
customers,  in  addition  to  providing  such  benefits  to  the  Company's  own
customers.  This will involve  partnerships,  strategic  alliances or even joint
ventures,  with other technology  companies or service providers and may involve
alternative methods of global traffic distribution and a change in the Company's
customer profile.



By  re-positioning  in this way the  Company  can seize  opportunities  that may
present  themselves  to move into yet other growth  areas,  such as  e-commerce,
unified  messaging or other growing markets.  This is where the Company can take
advantage  of the  fact  that  messaging  technology  has to be  included  as an
essential part of the business.  The Company's  growing position in call centers
(See Voice and Data  Division)  is  expected  to open up new  opportunities  for
electronic  messaging,  universal  messaging,  messaging/e-mail  outsourcing and
e-commerce.


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

Voice and Data Division


The  Voice  and Data  Systems  Division  is a  leading  systems  integrator  and
distributor  of  data  and  communications  applications  in  Australia  and New
Zealand,  providing  effective solutions to the critical needs of clients across
many  sectors.  This is evidenced by the dominant  market  position  held in the
Australian  dealing room  market.  A dealing  room  consists of dedicated  voice
systems  developed for financial  traders.  The Division has established  market
leadership in  'instant-access'  or 'turret'  voice systems in many of these key
areas in  Australia,  with over 50%  market  share in the  Australian  financial
markets,  and approximately 80% in emergency services.  This is in addition to a
steadily growing market share of the broader  'command-control' sector including
airlines, utilities, defense and other areas of government.

This Division has maintained operating profits since its establishment more than
12 years ago.  The Company  plans to expand its  opportunities  in the Voice and
Data Division through the development of call centers.  Call centers are growing
in  Australia  and  Asia at an  annual  rate of 25%  (source:  New  South  Wales
Government  report) and there is increasing  demand for more  sophisticated  and
cost-effective  technology.  This Division is ideally  situated to capitalize on
this growing trend with a range of world-class products.


As a leading  systems  integrator  and  distributor  of data and  communications
applications  in Australia  and New Zealand,  this Division  provides  effective
solutions to the following cross sectors: stock and futures exchanges, financial
institutions, emergency service providers, government agencies, airlines, public
utilities,  industrial  companies  and  hospitals.  This  Division  maintains  a
dominant  position  in  the  financial,  commercial,  government  and  emergency
services  markets  as a  specialist  provider  of  leading  edge  communications
products, systems integration and turnkey solutions.


The Voice and Data Division  integrates and supplies  outstanding  products from
the following vendors, for use by its clients, including:

o    IPC - digital  dealer  board  ("turret")  systems  (previously  the Company
     supplied V Band turret systems.  V Band was  recently  acquired  by IPC for
     which the Company has been  appointed the  Australian  distributor).  (See,
     "Outlook  Voice and Data Division" and "The Future in Call Centres" in this
     section, first paragraph.

o    Multitone - paging, wide-area call-out systems, DECT cordless PABX
o    CSK Software - Slingshot real-time data delivery via Internet/Intranets

o    Rockwell - ACD and Call Center Solutions
o    Aspect - Voicetek 'Generations' Interactive Voice Responses systems
o    Pipkins Inc - 'Maxima Advantage' Workforce Management software
o    Witness - Quality Monitoring systems
o    Webline - Web-based Telebusiness/e-Commerce system
o    Trans-Lux - electronic display systems
o    Dictaphone - loggers

In addition, the Voice and Data Division has also developed certain products and
applications  for the dealing  room market which were  previously  supplied to V
Band. These include full duplex,  multi channel open microphone  systems for use
on V Band systems,  speaker  systems  specifically  designed for dealing  rooms,
radio  interfaces  for  emergency  services  integrated  into V Band systems and
programmable modules for allocating lines on V Band consoles and others.



The Division grew out of supplying voice turret systems to the financial market.
Over the past number of years it has added products to its offerings to suit the
markets addressed.

                                      -8-

<PAGE>


Major Project Installations.

Among the major  project  installations  secured by the  Companyin the last year
were as follows:  (none of these installations  represents a large percentage of
the Company's business for accounting purposes) :


     o      Jindalee  Operational  Radar Network (JORN) - a defense contract for
            secure  voice   communications   for  the   over-the-horizon   radar
            monitoring system.
     o      Qantas  Airways  -  digital  voice  and  radio   communications  for
            streamlined load control operations throughout Australia New Zealand
            and Papua New Guinea.
     o      Ambulance and Fire Brigade Services digital voice  communication and
            call-out  systems  with   multi-location   networking,   paging  and
            computer-aided dispatch (CAD) systems integration.
     o      National  Electricity  Market  Management  Co (NEMMCO) -  Operations
            security communications systems. (NEMMCO is involved in the creation
            of an Australia-wide electricity market.)
     o      Data  Connections  - Call  Center  systems  including  ACD,  IVR and
            Workforce Management.
     o      Parliament House, Canberra - Voice systems for Security Control Area
            integrated with CCTV, perimeter door opening,  intercom, lift phones
            and radio channels.
     o      RAAF Radar Surveillance Units - secure voice communications.
     o      Intercapital Brokers - Turret system.
     o      Westpac Banking Corporation - Turret system


These project  installations  involve a systems integration  process,  whereby a
turnkey solution is implemented.  The solution  involves the  configuration  and
specification,  assembly, installation and maintenance of certain voice and data
telecommunications equipment,  components and accessories. The average length of
time to execute  these  projects is between four to six weeks,  depending on the
size of the  installation.  The projects are normally invoiced in stages, at the
order, installation and acceptance stage.


The Future in Call Centers


The Company  began its  operations  in this division in 1987 with a core product
distributed from V Band Corporation, ("V Band"), a New Jersey corporation, which
recently filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the US Bankruptcy Code. V Band
was acquired by its major  competitor,  IPC. Since then  negotiations  have been
successfully  undertaken  between the Company and IPC, with the Company emerging
as  the   non-exclusive   Australian   distributor   for  IPC  products.   (See,
"Outlook-Voice and Data Division" for description of IPC)

The Company recognized,  over two years ago, that it had to diversify out of the
financial  market for voice turrets as the financial  market was  consolidating.
The market chosen to diversify into was the call center market. Call Centers are
evolving into versatile 'customer  interaction centers'  facilitating contact by
telephone,  email, fax or a Web browser.  The Voice & Data Division is targeting
this stage of  development  (which will also offer  messaging  opportunities  to
FlexiFax  Division).  The new generation of call centers provides  opportunities
for sales of new systems and change-outs of older technology.

Call centers used to refer mainly to  communications  cost centers  dealing with
large volumes of inbound calls  organized  around  Automatic  Call  Distribution
(ACD) or 'queuing  systems'.  More  recently  the  concept has been  extended to
include  varying  mixes of outbound as well as inbound call  handling - but call
centers are still  viewed  largely as systems for  bulk-processing  of telephone
traffic.  However,  business  and  government  organizations  need a variety  of
systems to communicate with clients, employees, business partners and the public
and  call  centers  are  now  evolving  into  'customer   interaction  centers',
facilitating contact by telephone, email, fax or a Web browser.

Call centers can operate independently of the location of their customers,  even
across international borders, and Australia is capitalizing on that flexibility.
Regional and international call centers are being installed in Australia because
of its lower  staffing  and  establishment  costs and  multi-lingual  workforce.
According  to New South Wales  Government  Reports,  the call  center  market in
Australia is growing at the rate of around 25% per annum.  An estimated 550 call
centers are now operating in Australia,  employing  approximately  50,000 people
with  an  annual   expenditure  of  $1.2  billion.   A


                                      -9-

<PAGE>

market  study by Price  Waterhouse/ACA  estimated  the growth of this  market in
Australia at 20% annually. Other sources, such as the New South Wales Department
of State & Regional Development, put this growth at 25%. According to their 1998
report,  the greater Sydney area is home to half the international  call centers
operating in the Asia Pacific region.


Call centers serve the whole spectrum of industry, finance, transport, utilities
and  government  and the division has begun to extend its  traditional  focus on
financial and emergency services to a much larger market.


The growth and  expansion  of this  industry  has led to a need for products and
services by call centers providing assistance and/or solutions to their strained
and growing operations.  By providing such products, the Company, even as a late
entrant, can solicit any client or potential client with such product offerings,
even though that client may be using competitors  equipment.  As a result of the
Company's targeting initiative the Division now represents ( together with other
distributors  in  many  cases)  Rockwell  Electronic  Commerce  (Call  Centers),
Dictaphone   (Loggers),   Witness  Systems  Inc  (Quality  monitoring  systems),
Trans-lux Corporation (wall boards), Pipkins Inc.(workforce management software)
and others. The Division uses a solution oriented approach to meet most customer
technology needs.



Divisional sales for the year ended June 30, 1999 were $5.4 million,  a decrease
of  29%  over  the  previous  year.  Sales  in  the  current  fiscal  year  were
significantly  lower than in fiscal 1998 mainly as a result of reduced  sales of
the core turret system  product due to the  financial  collapse of V Band but an
order  book of over $4  million  will  provide a  greater  than  usual  level of
certainty  for the year 2000.  The Company has moved into the call center market
offering a number of products in this area. This should be considered as a start
up business  although the skills  required to support these products are similar
to  those  already  being  deployed  in the  financial  trading  area.  Revenues
increased 56% to  $4,229,231  for the six months ended  December 31, 1999,  from
$2,705,828  for the six months ended  December 31, 1998.  The increase is mainly
attributable to turret system sales of $2,264,338 being concluded as a result of
the division  being awarded the Australian  distributorship  for IPC products as
compared to $1,408,994 being generated in the comparative period. The successful
conclusion of the  Australian  distributorship  with IPC is expected to generate
further positive results in this fiscal year, with  significantly  higher turret
systems sales forecast.


Operational Concerns


International Operations. As the Company's operations are internationally based,
such  operations  are subject to numerous  inherent  risks beyond the  Company's
control,  including political and economic conditions affecting the countries of
operation.   The  Company's   international   business  activities  may  include
difficulties  in  staffing  and  managing  international  operations,   currency
fluctuations and currency management issues, difficulties in collecting accounts
receivable,   imposition   of  public   sector   controls,   trade  and  tariffs
restrictions,  price  or  exchange  controls,  limitations  on  repatriation  of
earnings,  longer payment cycles,  political and economic instability,  seasonal
fluctuations  in  business  activity  during  the  summer  months,  foreign  tax
consequences  and the burdens of  complying  with a wide variety of foreign laws
and regulations.

The Company  conducts  most of its business  outside the US and thus most of its
expenses and revenues, if not all, are derived in foreign currencies.  Thus, the
Company  may  experience  a  material  loss  due  to   fluctuations  in  foreign
currencies.  The Company typically  denominate  foreign  transactions in foreign
currency and have not regularly engaged in hedging transactions.


Suppliers/Service Providers.


Dependence  on  Key  Suppliers  -Should  any  of  the  Company's  key  suppliers
experience  difficulty  in  providing  product  in a timely  manner,  this could
adversely   effect  the  Company's   revenues  and  reputation  in  the  market.
Additionally,  the  failure  on the  part of  these  suppliers  to  develop  and
manufacture  or  supply  new or  enhanced  products  or  software  that  meet or
anticipate  technological  changes on a timely and cost-competitive  basis could
have a  materially  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  condition  and
results of operations. [23]Key suppliers are:

IPC - Non-exclusive  distribution agreement for Australia for an initial term of
two years,  with automatic  extension  thereafter,  unless terminated in writing
upon  giving 60 days  notice.  Performance  criteria  of $2 million in sales per
annum.

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

Premiere -  Exclusive  agreement  for  Premiere  to carry all the fax  broadcast
traffic for a period of 12 - 24 months subject to service and pricing criteria.
Witness -  Non-exclusive  distribution  agreement  for  Australia for an initial
three year period.  Thereafter it may be renewed for successive one year periods
by mutual  agreement.  Termination  upon  giving 60 days  notice or on breach of
contract.  Performance criteria of  $500,000,$1,000,000  and $1,500,000 in years
1,2 and 3 respectively.
Pipkins - Non-exclusive  distribution agreement for Australia to be finalized by
June 30, 2000.
Rockwell -  Non-exclusive  distribution  agreement  for Australia for an initial
term of one year, with extension by written  amendment.  Termination upon giving
90 days notice or on breach of contract.
Trans-lux - No contract in place.  Has been  operating on a purchase order basis
for in excess of seven years.
Trend Micro - An agreement  for Trend Micro to supply up to date virus  scanning
software  on the  FlexiFax  Gateway  for an  initial  period of two  years  with
automatic extension. Termination upon giving 60 days notice.

Agreement with IPC - For the fiscal six months ended December 31, 1999, sales of
the IPC products  accounted  for 70% of the sales of the Voice and Data Systems.
IPC, a  previous  competitor  to V Band,  has  recently  acquired V Band and the
Company has been appointed the Australian distributor of IPC products. Under the
new  distributorship  arrangement with IPC it is not yet certain what margins on
sales can be  reasonably  expected on an ongoing  basis nor whether the costs to
support the new systems will be similar to those of supporting V Band products.

No  Long-term  Contracts  - The  Company  does  not  typically  have or  utilize
long-term contractual agreements with its clients, suppliers or vendors and thus
such may not  continue  to transact  business  with the Company in the future if
competitors develop products and services that are more sophisticated, efficient
and cost effective,  or our technological advances are not timely and responsive
to our clients individual needs or our products become obsolete. The information
and  telecommunications  service market continually attracts new competitors and
technologies which may offer or provide more  sophisticated,  efficient and cost
effective  products and services which would have a material adverse effect upon
the Company's business, financial condition and operations.

Reliance  on third  parties  - A  substantial  portion  of the  Company's  total
revenues are derived from the sale of products manufactured by third parties and
the  provision  of  professional  services  in  connection  with  the  sale  and
maintenance of such products.  As a result, any factor adversely  affecting such
distribution  rights or  services  would have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's business and results of operations.


Regulations.


Enforcement  of Civil  Claims - The Company was  incorporated  under the laws of
Idaho,  while the  operating  entities  are based in  Australia.  Certain of its
directors  and all of its  officers  reside,  and all of its assets are located,
outside of the United  States.  It may not be possible  for  investors to effect
service of process  within the United  States upon the directors and officers of
the Company. It may also not be possible to enforce judgments obtained in United
States  courts  predicated  upon the civil  liability  provisions  of applicable
securities  laws of the United  States  against the Company or its directors and
officers.

Change in  government  policies - A  deterioration  in  economic  conditions  in
countries where the Company carries on business or other factors could result in
a change in  government  policies  which may  materially  affect  the  Company's
financial position and results of operations.

Regulation of the telecommunications  industry - The telecommunications industry
is subject to regulatory  control.  Any amendments to current  regulations could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  results of operations
and prospects.

Deregulation of the Australian Telecommunications Industry - On July 1, 1997 the
Australian  Telecommunications  Industry  deregulated.  Until  late  1999,  only
national  and  international  calls  were  allowed  to be  offered  by  licenced
carriers.  Since  deregulation new and emerging carriers have been taking market
share away from the incumbent, Telstra Corporation Limited. This is evidenced by
Telstra's  retail  market share of the national  and  international  call market
being   forecast   at  below  50%  in  1999,   as   compared   to  74%  in  1994
(Source:Telstra/Austel).  As a result,  fax  broadcast  revenues and margins per
minute are expected to  continually  reduce in order to secure  market share and
customer base, as existing

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

and new  competitors  continue to increase  market share through cost leadership
strategies, as a result of reduced carriage costs.



Regulation of broadcast  faxing and Emailing - In recent years,  legislation has
been  enacted  in the  United  States,  Europe,  Australia  and other  countries
restricting  fax or Email  broadcasting  especially  by  businesses  to  private
numbers/addresses.   Similar  restrictions  are  starting  to  appear  governing
business-to-business fax broadcasting and this may have an adverse affect on the
Company's  business and results.  Current  trends in  regulation  of  electronic
messaging  are  that  messages  should  only be  sent to  those  that  want  the
information  in the  message or have  "opted in" to  receive  specific  types of
information  from  time to time.  The  Company  is not  aware  if the  Company's
customers  have obtained 'opt in' status from the recipients to whom they intend
to send their messages.


Competition and Competitive Business Conditions.


Competition  - The  Company's  Voice  and  Data  Division  operates  in a highly
competitive environment. The markets in which the Company operates are comprised
of a substantial number of global and regional  competitors,  many of which have
greater  financial,  engineering,  manufacturing  and other  resources  than the
Company.  Competing with such companies will require continued investment by the
Company in engineering, research and development, marketing and customer service
and support.  Future  profitability  will depend upon broader market penetration
that the Company has yet to secure.The  fax broadcast and messaging  industry is
intensely  competitive and served by a wide range of companies,  including major
telephone  service  providers,  ISPs in developed  countries and other companies
specializing   in  providing  fax  services.   Many  of  these   companies  have
significantly  greater  financial  resources  and  reach  than the  Company  and
extensive  established  networks.  Typically,  FlexiFax does not have  long-term
contractual  agreements  with its clients and there can be no assurance that its
clients will continue to transact  business  with the Company in the future.  In
addition,  there  can  be no  assurance  that  clients  will  not  elect  to use
alternatives to FlexiFax's fax or messaging communications services, such as the
Internet,   to  carry  such  communications  or  that  companies  offering  such
alternatives  will not develop  product  features or pricing  policies which are
more attractive to clients than those offered by the Company.  Such  competition
companies  may also invite  partnering or joint  venture  arrangements  with the
Company  in one  country  under a mutual  agreement  but  still  remain a strong
competitor to the Company in others.  This could require the Company to adapt or
change  out  its  technology  to  achieve  such   partnering  or  joint  venture
relationships.

Uncertainty  of  Strategic  Relationships  - The  Company  plans to  enter  into
strategic  relationships or partnerships in order to enable the Company to offer
its  products and services to a larger  customer  base and on more  economies of
scale.  The  Company's   success  depends  in  part  on  the  success  of  these
relationships  and the ability of these strategic  partners to market and supply
the Company's  products and services.  Failure of one or more of these strategic
relationships  or partners to successfully  develop and sustain a market for our
services  or the  termination  of one or more of these  strategic  relationships
could hinder the Company's ability to increase sales and revenue.  Additionally,
our  strategic  partners  may not view their  relationship  with the  Company as
significant to their business and thus any  reassessment of their  commitment to
the  relationship  could  have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company.  The
ability of our strategic  partners to incorporate our products and services into
their  product and  services  now and in the future will  require the Company to
respond  timely with new  products and  services as  technological  advances are
made.  If the Company  fails to enhance or create new  products  and services in
response to technological  changes such could result in the Company's  strategic
partners terminating their relationship or seeking alternative providers.

Further,  the  telecommunications  industry is experiencing rapid consolidation.
Consolidation  within the industry,  including  consolidations  of the Company's
clients and  strategic  partners,  could have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and operations.

Uncertainty of Market Acceptance - The Company's future success depends upon the
market acceptance of its existing and future computer product lines and services
integrating  the  functionality  of the telephone  and the  computer.  This will
require  the  market  to  accept  a  new  way  of  exchanging  and  transmitting
information  which will most likely depend upon several factors,  including ease
of use, price,  reliability,  access and quality of the service, system security
and the products  functionality.  A decline in the demand for, or the failure to
achieve  broad market

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

acceptance  of the Company's  product  lines and services  would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operations.

The Company  believe that its future  success is also dependent in part upon its
ability to route more of its client traffic  through the Internet and expand its
base of  Internet  capable  nodes.  Thus,  the  Company  is  dependent  upon the
viability of the Internet as a medium for the  transmission  of  documents.  The
Company relies upon third party ISP providers for access to the Internet through
Internet  capable nodes at varying  prices.  There can be no assurance  that the
current pricing  structure for the Company's access and use of the Internet will
not adversely  change. If the Internet proves to be an impractical or unreliable
medium for transmission of documents or material capacity  constraints  develop,
the Company's  business,  financial  condition and  operations  may be adversely
affected.

Reliance on computer  and  communications  systems - The  Company's  business is
highly  dependent on its computer  and  telecommunications  systems and those of
others,  such as  Premiere,  for the  operation  and  quality  of service of the
FlexiFax  system.  The  temporary or  permanent  loss of all or a portion of any
system,  for  whatever  reason,  could have a materially  adverse  effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Dependence  on Telephone  Services - In  broadcasting  faxes or other  messaging
technologies,  FlexiFax is highly  dependent  on telephone  service  provided by
local and long distance telephone  companies in countries  throughout the world.
The quality and  availability  of telephone  service varies and in some areas is
limited.  Any  significant  interruption  in telephone  service could  adversely
affect the Company. Rate increases imposed by telephone companies where FlexiFax
operates  nodes will  increase the  Company's  tariffs  from  Premiere and could
adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations. There can be
no assurance that an act of sabotage,  technical  failure,  natural  disaster or
similar event would not cause the failure of a telephone network, other portions
of the network or one of the switching  facilities as a whole,  resulting in the
interruption  of the Company's  services.  Such an interruption of service could
have a material adverse impact on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and operations.

Dependence  on Internet  Service  Providers  (ISPs) - In using the Internet as a
receiving,  transport or delivery  mechanism  for its  messages,  the service is
highly  dependent on the  performance of ISPs  throughout the world.  As message
traffic can be handed off from ISP to ISP beyond the control of the Company, any
resultant  traffic  loss,  failure or poor  performance  by any ISP in the chain
could have a detrimental  effect upon the service level and  performance  of the
Company's service.  This in turn could effect the Company's clients who may then
opt not to use the service. Although the Company will always try to use reliable
ISPs there can be no assurance that such performance problems will not occur.

Dependence  on key  customers - FlexiFax  derives a  significant  portion of its
revenues  from a relatively  small number of customers and there and there is no
assurance  that such  customers  will  continue  to provide  the same  levels of
revenue in the future.

Concentration of Clients in the Financial  Services  Industry - Historically,  a
significant  portion of the  Company's  revenues have been derived from sales to
clients in the financial services  industry.  If the financial services industry
suffers an economic  downturn,  it is likely that the Company would experience a
decline  in  revenues,  which  could  have a  materially  adverse  effect on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations.


Technology.


Lack of Patentable Technology - The Company owns no patentable technology.  None
of the Company's  distributorship  agreements provide the Company with exclusive
proprietary  technology  and there can be no assurance  that the Company will be
able to sustain a competitive  advantage  against other firms with access to the
same technology.

Dependence  on  unpatented   proprietary   know-how  -  Unlike  certain  of  its
competitors,  FlexiFax relies on unpatented proprietary know-how. This know-how,
or in house knowledge concerning the underlying concepts and operational methods
of its technology cannot be patented.

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

While the Company employs various methods to protect its know-how,  such methods
may not afford  complete  protection  and there can be no assurance  that others
will not independently develop such know-how, obtain access thereto or develop a
more efficient system.

Technology  Risk - The  market  for  the  Company's  products  and  services  is
characterized   by   rapidly   changing   technology,   frequent   new   product
introductions,  evolving industry standards and evolving methods of building and
operating  communications  systems. The Company's ability to compete effectively
is dependent upon its ongoing significant investment in software development and
telecommunications technology by continuing to enhance its current services, and
develop and introduce new services and products in a timely  fashion.  There can
be no assurance that the Company will be successful in  anticipating or adapting
to  technological  changes  or in  selecting  and  developing  new and  enhanced
technology on a timely basis. Future  technological  advances in the continually
changing  telecommunications  industry  may  result in the  availability  of new
services, products or methods of electronic document delivery that could compete
with  the  document   distribution  services  currently  provided  by  FlexiFax.
Moreover,  decreases in the cost of existing  products or services  could enable
the  Company's  current or  potential  clients  to  fulfill  their own needs for
electronic document distribution services more cost efficiently than through the
use of the Company's  services.  The Company could be adversely  affected in the
event of such  technological  change,  or if such changes in  technology  enable
additional  companies to offer  services  which could replace some or all of the
services presently offered by FlexiFax.


Competition


The Company's competition is very strong and consists of large carriers, ISPs as
well as new start up  industries.  For the Flexifax  Division  such  competitors
include Premiere Technologies Inc. (incorporating  Xpedite),  NetMoves (formally
FaxSav), Sprint, Cable & Wireless or other carriers or ISPs, in addition to some
large media companies  distributing news releases,  and some start-up  companies
offering "free" fax services. The competitors for Voice and Data include British
Telecom,  Lucent  Technologies,  Panasonic,  Sony,  Hanson,  NEC, Nortel and any
Company offering call center services, products or solutions.


Item 2.  Management's Discussion and Analysis


The core  elements of the Company's  business are  messaging and  communications
represented by the Company's two operating divisions, FlexiFax and Voice & Data.
The Company  offers a range of quality  products and  solutions in both of these
markets.  The  expansion  of digital  messaging is  particularly  strong and the
FlexiFax  Division is rapidly  broadening its offerings to meet customer demand.
Similarly,  in the systems market,  the convergence of computer  technology with
telecommunications  infrastructures  has  created a demand  for  ever-increasing
functionality. The Voice & Data Division markets a range of products designed to
take  advantage of some of these  opportunities  within its  targeted  niches of
financial trading, command/control centers and call centers.

In connection with their report on our consolidated financial statements for the
years  ended  June 30,  1999 and 1998,  BDO  Nelson  Parkhill,  our  independent
auditors,  expressed  substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going
concern because of recurring net losses and negative cash flows from operations.
See Note 1c to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements as well as the section on
Liquidity and Capital Resources, below, for discussion.

Plan of Operations

Management  has  established  the following  objectives for the Company over the
next 12 months:

1.    Reposition  the Company into a more broad based and value added  messaging
      service  and away from its heavy  reliance on fax  distribution  using its
      proprietary network. The aim is to turn the messaging activity from a loss
      making   operation   to  cashflow   positive   operation   with   eventual
      profitability.  The Company has outsourced its network operation to reduce
      its overhead and integrated its Flexifax  technology into the Premiere fax
      network under a Strategic Partnership Agreement.  This allowed the Company
      to replace its network  infrastructure  and take  advantage  of the volume
      discounts  offered  by  Premiere.  More  focus  can now be  placed  on the
      customer  interface and better  functionality.  The cost of developing the
      integration  technology  was born by the  Company as part of its  in-house
      development over three months.

                                      -14-

<PAGE>

2.    Identify e-commerce opportunities  complementary to the messaging basis of
      the Company.  These opportunities are currently under active consideration
      but will involve web based development. The initial development cost is to
      be raised by AICH as part of the $3.66 million capital raising effort. The
      actual costs will only be known after a project  research and  feasibility
      study is  completed.  This is expected to be  completed  by the end of the
      fourth fiscal quarter.

3.    Seek Partnering or Joint Venture opportunities which will be complementary
      and provide  opportunities  for growth.  The first Partner Agreement along
      these  lines  has been  with  Trend  Micro  Australia  Pty Ltd,  providing
      resident  antivirus  software  on the  Gateways  allowing  the  Company to
      promote  distribution of email in different formats. At present,  jobs are
      submitted  in  Postscript,  tiff or pdf format  which has minimal  risk of
      distributing viruses. The Company will stamp or legend each outgoing email
      with a "swept for viruses by Trend Micro" message.  The  Partnership  will
      involve  minimal  cash  expenditure  by  the  Company.  (see  "Operational
      Concerns - Dependance on Key Suppliers" for more information)

4.    Expand or  identify  channel  opportunities  to  service  new areas of the
      market.  The first of these  opportunities has been the Flexemedia Service
      whereby the Company  distributes  corporate  news releases to news editors
      and the like based on lists  maintained by the Company.  Similar  vertical
      market  applications are being pursued where  centralized  lists are a key
      VAS to the  customer.  The  development  costs for each new activity  will
      depend  upon the  need  but will  likely  be in the  range of  $50,000  to
      $150,000 to launch depending upon the complexity.

5.    Upgrade, add features and improve Flexifax software. The Company currently
      employs 3 software  engineers/developers  tasked with adding functionality
      to the Gateway and Web based technology and user interface software.

6.    Expand the Company's  voice and data systems  business and product  range.
      Due to the consolidation in the financial dealing room market the emphasis
      will  be  changed   from  turret   systems  to  call   centers  and  their
      applications. (See, "Overview - Voice and Data Division" for details).

Most of the Company's  objectives will involve minimal capital expenditure until
the capital raising being  undertaken by AICH is complete.  Once the capital has
been   raised  by  AICH  then  these   major   projects   will  be   undertaken.
CompanyCompanyCompanyCompany  As a result of the reverse  acquisition  of TWG by
the Company in February 1999, the financial information and financial statements
presented herein are those of TWG, the accounting acquirer.  Thus, the financial
position and results of operation  of the Company  were  recorded in  Australian
dollars, the functional currency, and have been converted to US dollars.



Results of operations  and  financial  position for Fiscal Years Ending June 30,
1999 and 1998

The  financial  position and results of  operations of the Company for the years
ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 are determined  using the Australian  dollar as the
functional currency.  Assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate
in effect at each period end. Amounts on the statement of loss and comprehensive
loss are  translated  at the  average  rate of  exchange  prevailing  during the
period. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates

                                      -15-

<PAGE>

from  period to period  are  included  in the  comprehensive  income  account in
shareholders'  equity.  The gains and losses from foreign currency  transactions
are included in net loss. The Australian and United States dollar exchange rates
at the  balance  sheet date and the average  exchange  rates for each year under
review were as follows for $1 Australian:

December 31, 1999                                           0.6500
July 1, 1999 - December 31, 1999                            0.6533
June 30, 1999                                               0.6565
July 1, 1998 - June 30, 1999                                0.6273
June 30, 1998                                               0.5980
July 1, 1997 - June 30, 1998                                0.6710
June 30, 1997                                               0.7440

Management  considers that there are no potential inflation issues affecting the
Company's business. The Company does not currently have any currency rate hedges
in place.


Management's  discussion  and analysis of operations  for all periods are on the
converted US dollar figures. References have been made to certain figures before
taking into account the effect of the foreign  currency  translation  adjustment
where necessary.

Combined Results of Operations

Combined  revenues  decreased by 20% to  $8,873,845  for the year ended June 30,
1999,  compared to $11,103,370  for the year ended June 30, 1998.  Cost of sales
reduced to $4,686,123,  down from $6,516,246 in the prior year. Cost of sales as
a  percentage  of revenue  improved to 53%,  down from 59% in the  corresponding
period.  Total operating  expenses increased 8% to $5,713,499 from $5,267,999 in
the prior year.  A net loss for the year ended June 30, 1999 of  $1,822,201  was
reported,  which was up from the net loss  reported  for the year ended June 30,
1998 of $703,094.

A detailed explanation of the results by operating division follows.

FlexiFax Division


Revenues.  FlexiFax revenue decreased 0.5% to $3,447,030 for the year ended June
30, 1999 from  $3,462,992  for the year ended June 30, 1998.  (Revenues  were 6%
higher than the  comparative  figure before  adjusting for the foreign  currency
translation  difference).  Revenues  generated  in  countries  outside of the US
(excluding  Australia)  increased  by 61% while  revenue  generated in Australia
remained  constant  as growth in this  market  was offset by some  migration  of
customers due to the deregulation of the Australian  Telecommunication  Industry
resulting  in  tight  competitive  conditions.   (See  "Operational  Concerns  -
Deregulation of the Australian Telecommunications Industry" for more information
regarding   the  risks   associated   with   deregulation).   Strong  growth  in
international  markets  was  achieved  through  greater  market  penetration  in
existing areas such as the United Kingdom,  Singapore and Vancouver,  as well as
in new areas  such as  Switzerland.  A large  amount of  management  effort  and
resources were directed to the  establishment and growth of direct sales offices
located in London and  Singapore,  including  recruiting  and training staff and
establishing  the office,  and  ongoing  operational  involvement  in day to day
management.  The expenses  incurred in relation to this expansion are identified
under total operating expenses.  (See "FlexiFax Global Services Division - Total
operating expenses" below).


Cost of sales.  Cost of sales  comprises  local access  charges,  leased network
backbone  circuit  expenses,  line rental,  distributors'  commission,  software
maintenance  and  support,   and  domestic,   long  distance  and  international
termination charges.  These are variable costs based on actual volumes.  Cost of
sales  amounted  to  $2,219,827  for the year ended June 30,  1999  compared  to
$2,118,018  for the  prior  year.  Cost of  sales  as a  percentage  of  revenue
increased  to 64% for the year  ended  June 30,  1999,  compared  to 61% for the
corresponding period as a result of lower revenues per minute being achieved due
to tight trading conditions.

Total  operating   expenses.   Total  operating  expenses  consist  of  expenses
associated with staff, premises, communications,  travel, group management fees,
depreciation  and other  expenses  incurred  in  running  the  operation.  Total
operating  expenses  for the year ended June 30,  1999  amounted  to  $2,596,181
compared to $1,991,437 in the corresponding  period.  Significant  expenses were
incurred in  connection  with the  establishment  of a direct  office in London,
which amounted to $439,075.  The balance of the increase in expenditure resulted
mainly from increased  staff costs.  Depreciation

                                      -16-

<PAGE>

increased to $304,409 for the year ended June 30, 1999,  compared to $289,536 in
the prior year, as a result of network  equipment  acquired to increase  network
capacity and efficiency.

Voice and Data Division


Revenues.  Revenues  consist of sales from  systems  integration  solutions  for
voice,  call  center,  electronic  display,  paging,  call  recording  and  data
applications.  Revenues  decreased 29% to $5,426,815 for the year ended June 30,
1999,  from  $7,640,378 for the year ended June 30, 1998. The decrease is mainly
attributable to: (1) reduced sales of V Band voice systems because of the global
consolidation  of financial  market  players and the  inability of V Band Inc to
continue  to  operate  as a going  concern  (sales  reduced  by  $167,830);  (2)
significant customer delay (between expected order date and received order date)
in the electronic  display and call center markets;  (3) a large project secured
by the paging  division  in the prior year  (sales  reduced  by  $966,570);  (4)
reduced sales activity in the Singapore region (sales reduced by $395,450).  The
successful conclusion of the Australian  distributorship with IPC is expected to
generate  positive results in the next financial year, with turret systems sales
for fiscal  2000  forecast to be  significantly  higher than for the fiscal 1999
year.


Cost of sales.  Cost of sales  consists of the purchase of third party  product,
necessary to complete the systems  integration  solution.  Cost of sales for the
year ended June 30, 1999 amounted to $2,466,296,  compared to $4,398,228 for the
previous 12 months.  Cost of sales as a percentage  of revenue  decreased to 45%
for the current  financial  year down from 58% for the year ended June 30, 1998.
The  decreased  percentage  is a result  of  providing  a larger  proportion  of
relocation and ancillary  support and  maintenance  services to the V Band voice
customer base as opposed to supplying  larger project system sales, as well as a
change in the overall  revenue  mix,  where  different  product  groups  attract
different gross margins.

Total  operating   expenses.   Total  operating  expenses  consist  of  expenses
associated with staff, premises, communications,  travel, group management fees,
depreciation  and other  expenses  incurred  in  running  the  operation.  Total
operating  expenses  for the year ended June 30,  1999  amounted  to  $2,858,593
compared to $3,109,126 in the corresponding  period.  Depreciation  increased to
$126,159  for the year ended June 30,  1999,  compared  to $107,558 in the prior
year,

Liquidity  and Capital  Resources  for the fiscal  years ended June 30, 1999 and
1998


The Company's  consolidated  financial  statements have been prepared on a going
concern basis,  which  contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement
of liabilities in the normal course of business. In connection with their report
on our consolidated  financial  statements for the years ended June 30, 1999 and
1998, BDO Nelson Parkhill, our independent auditors, expressed substantial doubt
about our ability to continue as a going concern because of recurring net losses
and  negative  cash  flows  from  operations.  See  Note 1c to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements for discussion.


Our current cash  requirements  to satisfy the  management  objectives  outlined
above as well as to provide  working  capital and sustain our operations for the
next  fiscal  year  are  estimated  to  be  $1,100,000.  We  expect  that  these
requirements will be provided by

Internally:

o     Sales of the accounts  receivable of the FlexiFax Division under a working
      capital  based  factoring  facility   established  with  Scottish  Pacific
      Business Finance Pty Ltd (see below for details)
o     Cash profits generated from the Voice & Data division

The Company  anticipates  raising  additional  capital of $3.66 million with the
assistance of AICH by means of private placement.  (See below for more details).
If the private placement is not completed, the Company will:

o     Restructure  certain  business  activities in order to reduce the negative
      cash flows and to transform loss making  operations into profitable  ones.
      This would be achieved by cost reduction and identifying  areas that could
      provide

                                      -17-

<PAGE>

efficiency with an outsourced solution.

Thereafter,  if the  Company's  operations  do not  begin  to  deliver  positive
cashflows in amounts enough to satisfy the Company's requirements,  then it will
be  necessary  for the Company to source  alternative  funds  through bank debt,
equity  funding,  partnering  with others or  undertake  appropriate  divestment
strategies of certain  technologies for equity or cash.  Additional  funding may
not be available,  or may not be available on terms and timing acceptable to the
Company,  which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial
position, its overall business and the result of the Company's operations.

The  market for fax and  messaging  is very  competitive  and the Voice and Data
Division is heavily influenced by the economic  conditions existing in Australia
at the time. The Company does not expect this to change and in fact expects that
even greater  effort will be needed in the future.  The Company  will  therefore
continue to have the need for  additional  funding until it reaches  significant
levels of revenue and margin to become cashflow positive.

The Company has financed its cash requirements for operations and investments in
capital  assets  mainly  through  private  sales of equity  securities  and loan
finance.  AICH were engaged by the Company to raise up to $3.66 million  through
private  placements.  In July 1999, AICH has provided a bridge loan for $500,000
secured  by a  promissory  note,  accruing  interest  only after AICH had raised
minimum net capital of $1.5 million for the Company. The promissory note will be
repaid out of proceeds of the  intended  private  placement  capital  raising of
$3.66  million,  once the  Company  is listed  on a  national  exchange  such as
American Stock Exchange, NASDAQ or other national exchange. AICH was expected to
arrange for the share placement with one or more brokers, fund managers or other
accredited  parties.  The Company is not party to any plan to place  shares with
one or another particular person or group.

In  September  1997,  the Company  arranged an unlimited  working  capital-based
facility with Scottish Pacific Business Finance Limited ("Scottish Pacific"), in
respect of the Australian  domiciled  customers of FlexiFax Global Services.  In
accordance  with  Scottish  Pacific  lending  criteria,  this  facility has been
secured by a charge  over the assets of Trade Wind  Marketing  Pty Ltd (a wholly
owned  subsidiary  of Trade Wind Group Pty Ltd) as well as  guarantees  by Trade
Wind Group Pty Ltd and its  subsidiaries.  Interest is charged at the highest of
the prevailing  rates of either Westpac Banking  Corporation,  Australia and New
Zealand  Banking Group Limited or National  Australia Bank Limited plus a margin
of 2%. The prevailing interest rate at June 30, 1999 was 10.93% (1998:  11.06%).
The original  term of this  agreement  was for a 12 month period with  automatic
renewal.  This  agreement may be  terminated  by Scottish  Pacific by giving one
month's notice or by the Company giving three month's  notice.  If this facility
were terminated by the Company,  paying off the outstanding balance would result
in the Company  having  direct  access to all the  receipts  on the  outstanding
invoices, for working capital purposes.

As a result of operating losses,  cash used in operating  activities amounted to
$1,823,623  for the year  ended  June  30,  1999,  compared  to  $128,251  being
generated from operations for the year ended June 30, 1998.  Accounts receivable
decreased  $224,035 to $1,899,714  from  $2,123,749  for the year ended June 30,
1998 as a  result  of a  general  reduction  in  sales  activity  as well as the
relative cash flow timings of the Voice & Data Division revenue flows.  Accounts
payable  and other  accruals  reduced by  $1,030,846  compared to an increase of
$357,100  in the  prior  comparative  year,  mainly  as a result  of some of the
funding received going towards reducing the payables to an acceptable  level, as
well as a general reduction in sales activity.

Cash used in  investing  activities,  consisting  primarily  of the  purchase of
capital assets,  amounted to $481,852 for the year ended June 30, 1999, compared
to an inflow of $21,246 in the corresponding period in 1998.


                                      -18-

<PAGE>


Cash  generated from financing  activities,  amounted to $1,834,510  compared to
$151,861 in the prior year  primarily as a result of the sale of stock.  300,000
shares were sold on March 16, 1999 at a price of $2.50 per share under a private
placement,  with a  further  issue  of  200,000  shares  on  June  9,  1999 at a
discounted  price of $1.25  under the  private  placement,  for the  raising  of
bridging finance for a potential  acquisition.  Capital was contributed by Trade
Wind Communications  Limited in the amount of $917,435,  compared to $481,659 in
the prior year.


Cash and  equivalents  decreased  to $118,912  for the year ended June 30, 1999,
from  $589,877  in the  previous  year,  as a result of funding  operations  and
capital asset  acquisitions,  primarily through private issues of securities and
the provision of loan finance.


Results of operations  and financial  position for the six months ended December
31, 1999 and 1998

Management's discussion and analysis of operations for the period ended December
31, 1999 and 1998 are on the converted US dollar  figures.  References have been
made to certain  figures  before  taking into  account the effect of the foreign
currency translation adjustment where necessary.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Consolidated  revenues  increased by 40% to $6,028,155  for the six months ended
December 31, 1999,  compared to $4,296,269 for the six months ended December 31,
1998.  As a  result  of  increased  sales  volumes  Cost of sales  increased  to
$3,602,655,  from $2,359,504 in the prior period.  Cost of sales as a percentage
of revenue  increased  to 60%, up from 55% in the  corresponding  period.  Total
operating expenses before  restructuring  costs increased 25% to $3,065,735 from
$2,452,688 in the prior period.  Total  operating  expenses after  restructuring
costs increased 55% to $3,791,470  from $2,452,688 in the prior period.  The net
loss before  restructuring  costs for the six months ended December 31, 1999 was
$657,753,  which  was up from  the  amount  reported  for the six  months  ended
December 31, 1998 of $534,349.  A net loss after restructuring costs for the six
months ended December 31, 1999 of $1,383,488 was reported, which was up from the
net loss reported for the six months ended December 31, 1998 of $534,349.

A detailed explanation of the results by operating division follows.

FlexiFax Division

Revenues. FlexiFax revenues increased 13% to $1,798,924 for the six months ended
December 31, 1999 from  $1,590,441  for the six months ended  December 31, 1998.
Revenues  generated in countries outside of the US increased by 13%. As a result
of the outsourcing of our network,  the Company will only report a percentage of
the revenue generated by the customer base, now serviced by Premiere.

Cost of sales.  Cost of sales  comprises  local access  charges,  leased network
backbone  circuit  expenses,  line rental,  distributors'  commission,  software
maintenance  and  support,   and  domestic,   long  distance  and  international
termination charges.  These are variable costs based on actual volumes.  Cost of
sales amounted to $1,009,448 for the six months ended December 31, 1999 compared
to  $1,034,597  for the prior  period.  Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue
decreased to 56% for the six months ended December 31, 1999, compared to 65% for
the corresponding  period, mainly as a result of lower termination pricing being
negotiated  with  carriers.  Note from  December  1999,  cost of sales will only
include  distributors'   commission,   software  maintenance  and  support,  and
domestic, long distance and international termination charges.

Total  operating   expenses.   Total  operating  expenses  consist  of  expenses
associated with staff, premises, communications,  travel, group management fees,
depreciation,  restructuring  costs and other  expenses  incurred in running the
operations.  Total  operating  expenses before  restructuring  costs for the six
months ended December 31, 1999 amounted to $1,366,843 as compared to $959,288 in
the corresponding  period.  Significant  expenses in the amount of $178,743 were
incurred in connection with the establishment of an office in London for the six
months  ended  December 31,  1999.  The balance of the  increase in  expenditure
resulted  mainly  from  increased  staff  costs,  largely  as a  result  of  the
establishment  of  the  Flexemedia  division,  for  the  dissemination  of  news
releases.  Depreciation  decreased to $148,380 for the six months ended December
31, 1999,  compared to $164,765 in the prior period.  Total  operating  expenses
after restructuring costs for the six months ended December 31, 1999 amounted to
$2,092,578  as  compared  to  $959,288  in  the  corresponding   period.  It  is
anticipated that expenses will be reduced by approximately  $80,000 per month as
a result of the Premiere agreement.


                                      -19-

<PAGE>

Voice and Data Division

Revenues.  Revenues  consist of sales from  systems  integration  solutions  for
voice,  call  centre,  electronic  display,  paging,  call  recording  and  data
applications.  Revenues  increased  56% to  $4,229,231  for the six months ended
December 31, 1999,  from  $2,705,828 for the six months ended December 31, 1998.
The increase is mainly  attributable to turret system sales of $2,264,338  being
concluded as a result of the Company  entering into an agreement  with IPC to be
its  Australian  distributor  for its products as compared to  $1,408,994  being
generated  in the  comparative  period.  The  agreement  with IPC is expected to
generate further positive results in this fiscal year, with significantly higher
turret systems sales forecast.

Cost of sales.  Cost of sales  consists of the purchase of third party  product,
necessary to complete the systems  integration  solution.  Cost of sales for the
six months  ended  December  31,  1999  amounted  to  $2,593,207  as compared to
$1,324,907 for the  comparative  quarter as a result of increased sales volumes.
Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue increased to 62% for the current fiscal
period as  compared  to 49% for the six months  ended  December  31,  1998.  The
increased  percentage is a result of supplying  larger  project  system sales as
opposed to providing a larger proportion of relocation and ancillary support and
maintenance  services to the V Band voice  customer base, as well as a change in
the overall revenue mix, where different  product groups attract different gross
margins.

Total  operating   expenses.   Total  operating  expenses  consist  of  expenses
associated with staff, premises, communications,  travel, group management fees,
depreciation  and other  expenses  incurred  in running  the  operations.  Total
operating  expenses  for the six months  ended  December  31,  1999  amounted to
$1,535,183 as compared to $1,453,095 in the corresponding  period.  Depreciation
was $62,720 for the six months ended  December 31, 1999,  as compared to $57,806
in the prior period,

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's  consolidated  financial  statements have been prepared on a going
concern basis,  which  contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement
of liabilities in the normal course of business.

  The  Company  anticipates  raising  additional  capital  to meet  its  planned
  operational and expansion  requirements  over the remaining part of the fiscal
  year ending June 30, 2000.  Should the appropriate level of funding not become
  available,  then the Company will have to reduce its costs employed in various
  areas  including  its global  expansion  activities,  network  expansion,  new
  channel marketing initiatives,  R&D, sales and general marketing activities to
  a cost level which will meet the  anticipated  cash needs for working  capital
  and capital expenditure requirements.  Thereafter, if the Company's operations
  do not begin to deliver  positive  cashflows in amounts  sufficient to satisfy
  the Company's  requirements then it will be necessary for the Company to raise
  additional funds through bank debt, equity funding,  partnering with others to
  share  overheads or undertake  appropriate  divestment  strategies  of certain
  technologies  for  equity  or cash,  or  through  other  sources  of  capital.
  Additional funding may not be available,  or may not be available on terms and
  timing  acceptable to the Company,  which could have a material adverse effect
  on the Company's  financial  position,  its overall business and the result of
  the Company's operations.

  The market for fax and  messaging is very  competitive  and the Voice and Data
  business  is heavily  influenced  by the  economic  conditions  pertaining  in
  Australia at the time.  The Company  does not expect this to change.  In fact,
  the Company  expects  that it will be required to use even  greater  effort to
  remain  competitive in the future.  The Company's needs for additional funding
  will  continue  until it reaches  significant  levels of revenue and margin to
  become cashflow positive.

The Company has financed its cash requirements for operations and investments in
capital assets mainly through loan financing.

As a result of operating losses,  cash used in operating  activities amounted to
$508,583 for the six months ended  December 31, 1999,  as compared to $1,089,356
for the six months ended  December 31, 1998.  Accounts  receivable  increased to
$2,767,835  from $1,899,714 for the six months ended December 31, 1998 mainly as
a result of increased sales volumes in the second quarter.  Accounts payable and
other accruals  increased by $893,783 as compared to a decrease of $1,464,691 in
the prior comparative period,  mainly as a result of increased sales activity in
the  second  quarter  as  well as some of the  funding  received  going  towards
reducing the payables to an acceptable level in the prior period.

                                      -20-

<PAGE>

Cash used in  investing  activities,  consisting  primarily  of the  purchase of
capital assets,  amounted to $41,951 for the six months ended December 31, 1999,
and $119,083 in the corresponding period in 1998.

Cash generated from  financing  activities,  amounted to $649,147 as compared to
$672,599 in the prior period  primarily  as a result of  unsecured  loans in the
amount of  $757,695.  In the prior  period,  Trade Wind  Communications  Limited
contributed capital in the amount of $681,635.


New Accounting Pronouncements


In April 1998, the American  Institute of Certified  Public  accountants  issued
Statement of Position  98-5,  "Reporting  on the Costs of Start-Up  activities",
("SOP  98-5") which  provides  guidance on the  financial  reporting of start-up
costs and  organization  costs.  It requires  costs of start-up  activities  and
organization costs to be expensed as incurred.  SOP 98-5 is effective for fiscal
years  beginning after December 15, 1998 with initial  adoption  reported as the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. Adoption of this standard
will not have a material  effect on the financial  statements.  During 1998, the
FASB issued SFAS 132,  "Employers'  Disclosures  about  Pensions  and Other Post
retirement  Benefits".  This  statement  revised  employers'  disclosures  about
pension and other post retirement  benefit plans but does not change measurement
of recognition of those plans.  SFAS 132 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after  December 15,  1998.  Adoption of this  standard  will not have a material
effect on the  financial  statements.

In June 1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued SFAS No. 133.
"Accounting  for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities".  SFAS No. 133
requires  companies to recognize all  derivatives  contracts as either assets of
liabilities  in the balance sheet and to measure them at fair value.  If certain
conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically  designated as a hedge, the
objective  of which is to match the  timing of gain or loss  recognition  on the
hedging  derivative with the recognition of (i) the changes in the fair value of
the hedged asset or liability that are  attributable  to the hedged risk or (ii)
the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted  transaction.  For a derivative not
designated as a hedging instrument,  the gain or loss is recognized in income in
the period of change SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal
years beginning after June 15, 2000.

Historically,  the Company has not entered into derivatives  contracts either to
hedge existing risks or for speculative purposes.  Accordingly, the Company does
not expect adoption of the new standards on July 1, 2000 to affect its financial
statements.


Uncertainty due to the Year 2000 Issue


The Year 2000 Issue  arises  because  many  computerized  systems use two digits
rather than four to identify a year.  Date-sensitive  systems may  recognize the
year 2000 as 1900 or some other date, resulting in errors when information using
year 2000 dates is processed.  In addition,  similar  problems may arise in some
systems that use certain dates in 1999 to represent something other than a date.
The  effects  of the Year 2000  Issue may be  experienced  before,  on, or after
January 1, 2000,  and, if not addressed,  the impact on operations and financial
reporting may range from minor errors to significant  systems failure that could
affect an entity's  ability to conduct normal business  operations.  The Company
formulated a Y2K compliance  program to test the Company's products and services
for compliance and all such products and services were successfully  tested. The
Company received compliance  statements from its principals who supply products.
However  in  the  telecommunications  environment,  individual  products  may be
compliant  but their  operation  as a whole also  depends on third  parties over
which the Company has no control or in some cases even input. As of February 29,
2000, the Company has not experienced  any delays or material  adverse effect on
its business as a result of Y2K.



The cost to the Company of the Y2K compliance  program was not separated but was
written off into general  operating  expenses and leasing  costs (for  equipment
upgrade).

Further,  there were no material or known problems  concerning Y2K that have not
been fixed and remedied either prior to the change of date or since.

                                      -21-

<PAGE>

Item 3.  Description of Property

All  Company  property  is  leased.  The  Company  currently  operates  from the
following offices


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                         <C>                                    <C>                                           <C>
Australia   Sydney          27th floor Grosvenor Place             Head Office address for all companies of      Lease expires on
                            225 George Street Sydney               Trade Wind Communications Limited.            31 July 2000
                            NSW 2000   Australia                   FlexiFax Sydney

Australia   Sydney          210 George Street                      Voice and Data Sydney address                 Lease expires on
                            NSW 2000 Australia                                                                   30 June 2000

Australia Melbourne         Level 7, Royal Insurance Building      Flexifax Melbourne                            Monthly tenancy
                            440 Collins Street                     Voice & Data Melbourne
                            Melbourne Victoria 3000

Singapore                   200 Telok Ayer Street                  Voice & Data Singapore                        Lease expires on
                            Singapore 0106                         FlexiFax Singapore                            31 May 2000

London                      98 Curtain Road                        FlexiFax Global Services UK                   Monthly tenancy
                            London EC2A3AA
</TABLE>



Property occupied is currently adequate for the Company's needs.


Item 4.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management


The  table  below  lists  the  beneficial  ownership  of  the  Company's  voting
securities  by each person  known by the Company to be the  beneficial  owner of
more  than 5% of such  securities,  as well  as the  securities  of the  Company
beneficially  owned by all directors  officers of the Company.  Unless otherwise
indicated, the shareholders listed possess sole voting and investment power with
respect to the stock shown.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               Name                         Number of Shares          Percentage of Outstanding Shares(6)

<S>                                            <C>                                   <C>
Skyglen Pty Limited(1) (5)                     1,391,259                             13.40%

Martin McCarthy(5)                              231,314                               2.2%

Minbura Holdings Pty Limited (2) (5)            536,942                               5.2%

Patvilt Pty Limited(3) (5)                     1,237,073                             11.9%

Valazco Pty Limited (4) (5)                     168,307                               1.6%

Trade Wind Communications Limited              8,800,000                             84.6%
</TABLE>



(1) An Australian  trustee Company  controlled by Nicholas  Rowland Bird.
(2) An Australian  trustee Company  controlled by Sion Grand
(3) An Australian  trustee Company  controlled  by Arthur  Christopher  Walton
(4) An  Australian  trustee Company  controlled by Frank Favretto
(5) Beneficially  held through Trade Wind Communications Limited.


                                      -22-

<PAGE>

(6) As at October 31, 1999

All Officers and Directors as a Group           17.2%  (3 persons)

(1) Beneficial  ownership has been  determined in accordance  with Rule 13d-3 of
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Generally,  a person is deemed to be the
beneficial  owner  of a  security  if he has the  right  to  acquire  voting  or
investment power within 60 days.


(2) Unless otherwise indicated, all addresses are at the Company's office.

The balance of the Company's securities are held by approximately fifty persons.

AICH directly or indirectly  beneficially  owns 800,000  shares of the Company's
common stock. However 600,000 of these shares are subject to a lock up agreement
and  potential  cancellation  if AICH  fails to  perform  under the terms of its
agreement with the Company.


Item 5.  Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons.


The directors and officers of the Company are as follows:


Name                                 Age                  Position

Nicholas Bird                        61                   CEO, Director

Frank Favretto                       47                   Director

Martin McCarthy                      43                   Director


Nicholas  Bird  is a  co-founder  of  TWC  and  has  extensive  engineering  and
managerial experience, especially in South East Asia. In 1970, he joined Philips
Telecommunications  Industries,  Hilversum, Holland in their Singapore operation
and  was  soon   promoted   to   Regional   Manager   of  South  East  Asia  for
Telecommunications   and  Data   Systems.   During  this  time,   he  set  up  a
telecommunications  factory in Singapore for PABX and  application  development.
Until 1981,  Mr. Bird led Philips  Telecommunications'  Singapore  operation  in
becoming a market leader in most of its chosen areas, increasing annual revenues
of  S$250,000  to in excess of S$20  million.  Philips  transferred  Mr. Bird to
Australia  in 1985 as its Group  Product  Manager,  Telecommunications  and Data
Systems. In this position, he was responsible for strategy and direction to make
the Australian operations profitable.  Philips instructed its Australian Company
to rationalize its operations through a management  buy-out.  He participated in
the buy-out and founded Trade Wind Technologies Pty Ltd (formerly known as Trade
Wind  Communications  Pty Ltd) in December 1986. He has been  significant in the
growth and  development  of TWC and he now uses his  expertise for the continued
growth of the Company in the capacity of Chief Executive  Officer.  Mr. Bird was
appointed as Chief Executive Officer and as a Director to the Board of Directors
of the Company on February 5, 1999.

Frank Favretto is a Chartered  Accountant in Australia and is the  non-executive
director of AusAsean Management Ltd., an Australian private Company and Chairman
of Coms21  Limited,  an Australian  public  Company.  Mr.  Favretto  established
Bankers Trust Australia's stockbroking operations in 1984 and held the positions
of Chairman and non-member  director of its Australian Stock Exchange membership
from 1984 to 1991. In 1991, he became Executive  Vice-President of Bankers Trust
Australia's  equity  underwriting  committee.  In this role, Mr. Favretto gained
considerable experience in private and public capital raisings. He was appointed
a  Director  of TWC in  November,  1996 and has been  appointed  to the Board of
Directors of the Company since completion of the reverse acquisition.

Martin McCarthy,  was recently appointed a Director of the Company in May, 1999.
Mr. McCarthy was the President and CEO of IDD  Enterprises,  L.P.  ("IDD") which
was recently sold to Dow Jones and Company.  Mr.  McCarthy has been a pioneer in
the online  world for almost two  decades.  He has managed  large  organizations
which have created, commercialized and deployed leading edge technologies in the
areas of communications, information services and transactions. Prior to joining
IDD in 1988,  Mr.  McCarthy  served  as Vice  President  of Office  Message  and
Information  Services at Western Union and was the youngest corporate officer in
the firm's 130 year history. Mr. McCarthy has an MBA from Harvard University.


                                      -23-

<PAGE>


The above listed officers and directors will serve until the next annual meeting
of the shareholders or until their death, resignation,  retirement,  removal, or
disqualification,   or  until  their  successors  have  been  duly  elected  and
qualified.  Vacancies in the existing  Board of Directors are filled by majority
vote of the  remaining  Directors.  Officers of the Company serve at the will of
the Board of Directors.


Conflicts of Interest


Members of the Company's  management are associated with other firms involved in
a range of  business  activities.  Consequently,  there are  potential  inherent
conflicts of interest in their acting as officers and  directors of the Company.
Insofar as the officers and directors are engaged in other business  activities,
management  anticipates  it  will  devote  only a  minor  amount  of time to the
Company's affairs.

The officers and  directors of the Company are now and may in the future  become
shareholders,  officers or directors of other  companies which may be formed for
the purpose of engaging in business activities similar to those conducted by the
Company.  Accordingly,  additional direct conflicts of interest may arise in the
future with respect to such individuals acting on behalf of the Company or other
entities.  Moreover,  additional conflicts of interest may arise with respect to
opportunities which come to the attention of such individuals in the performance
of their duties or otherwise.

The officers and directors are, so long as they are officers or directors of the
Company,  subject to the restriction that all opportunities  contemplated by the
Company's  plan of  operation  which  come to  their  attention,  either  in the
performance  of  their  duties  or in  any  other  manner,  will  be  considered
opportunities  of, and be made  available to the Company and the companies  that
they are affiliated with on an equal basis. A breach of this requirement will be
a breach of the fiduciary  duties of the officer or director.  If the Company or
the  companies in which the  officers and  directors  are  affiliated  with both
desire to take  advantage of an  opportunity,  then said  officers and directors
would abstain from  negotiating and voting upon the  opportunity.  However,  all
directors may still  individually take advantage of opportunities if the Company
should decline to do so. Furthermore,  no officer or director of the Company has
ever  promoted,  is promoting or will be promoting any other blank check Company
during  their  tenure as an officer and  director of the  Company.  Accordingly,
there  presently  exists no conflict of interest in this  regard.  Except as set
forth above,  the Company has not adopted any other conflict of interest  policy
with respect to such transactions.


Item 6.  Executive Compensation.


The Company does not currently compensate any executive directly.  Nicholas Bird
is an employed by TWG, the Company's operating subsidiary, under the terms of an
employment agreement.  For the year ended June 30, 1999, Mr. Bird received total
remuneration of $81,543 (1998: $91,209),  which comprised base salary of $41,713
(1998: $65,620), and other compensation, comprising superannuation contributions
(similar to defined  contribution  plans) and life insurance premiums of $39,830
(1998: $25,589). No employees received in excess of $100,000.


Board of Directors Compensation


The Company does not pay directors who are also  executive  officers for service
on the Board of Directors.  Non-executive  directors  receive $1,500 per meeting
and are  reimbursed  for their  expenses  incurred in attending  meetings of the
Board of Directors.


Long-term Incentive and Pension Plans


The Company does not hold any  long-term  incentive or defined  benefit  pension
plans.  In  relation  to  the  Company's  subsidiary  operations  in  Australia,
according to  legislation  the Company  provides funds for long service leave to
which staff become eligible after 10 years  continuous  service.  Superannuation
(defined  contribution  benefits) payments are in line with norms in the various
countries that the Company and its subsidiaries does business in.

The Company is presently reviewing the merits of establishing an incentive stock
option plan for its key executives and employees; however, no such plan has been
approved or implemented.


                                      -24-

<PAGE>

Other


No director or executive  officer is involved in any material  legal  proceeding
against  the  Company  in  which he will  receive  a  benefit  from  such  legal
proceedings.


Employment Agreements


The Company currently has no employment agreement any of its employees.  Certain
employees  have  appointment   letters  whichset  out  the  standard  terms  and
conditions of employment but do not incorporate  any contractual  obligations on
employees to remain in the employ of the Company.


Indemnification of Directors and Officers


The Company's Charter and Bylaws provide that  indemnification for all directors
and officers to the full extent  permitted by the Idaho  Corporation  Law. Under
such  provisions,  any  director or officer  who, in such  capacity,  is made or
threatened to be made a party to any suit or  proceeding,  may be indemnified if
the Board determines the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner
the  director  or officer  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed to the
Company's best interest.  The Charter,  Bylaws,  and the Idaho  Corporation  Law
further  provide that  indemnification  is not  exclusive of any other rights to
which individuals may be entitled under the Charter,  the Bylaws, any agreement,
any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

The Company has the power to purchase  and  maintain  insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was our director,  officer,  employee,  or agent,  or is or was
serving at our  request as a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of another
corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any
expense,  liability,  or loss  incurred by any person in any capacity or arising
out of his status as, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify person
against liability under Idaho law.


Item 7.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

There have been no related  party  transactions,  or any other  transactions  or
relationships required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-B.

Item 8. Description of Securities.


The Company's  authorized  capital stock consists of 20,000,000 shares of Common
Stock,  par value $0.001 per share and 5,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock, par
value $0.001 per share. There are 10,400,000 Common Stock issued and outstanding
as of  the  date  of  this  filing.  There  are no  preferred  stock  issued  or
outstanding.

Common  Stock.  All shares of Common  Stock have equal voting  rights and,  when
validly  issued  and  outstanding,  are  entitled  to one vote per  share in all
matters to be voted  upon by  shareholders.  The shares of Common  Stock have no
preemptive, subscription, conversion or redemption rights and may be issued only
as fully-paid and  non-assessable  stock.  Cumulative  voting in the election of
directors  is not  permitted,  which means that the holders of a majority of the
issued and outstanding stock of Common Stock represented at any meeting at which
a quorum is present  will be able to elect the entire Board of Directors if they
so choose  and, in such event,  the  holders of the  remaining  shares of Common
Stock will not be able to elect any  directors.  In the event of  liquidation of
the Company,  each  shareholder is entitled to receive a proportionate  share of
the  Company's  assets  available for  distribution  to  shareholders  after the
payment of liabilities and after  distribution in full of preferential  amounts,
if any.  All stock of the  Company's  Common Stock  issued and  outstanding  are
fully-paid and non-assessable. Holders of the Common Stock are entitled to share
pro rata in dividends and distributions with respect to the Common Stock, as may
be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.

Preferred  Stock.  No  Preferred  Stock of the  Company is  presently  issued or
outstanding.  The Preferred Stock of the Company may be issued in various series
and shall have preferences as to dividends and to liquidation  rights. The Board
of Directors shall establish the specific rights, preferences, voting privileges
and restrictions of such Preferred Stock or any series thereof.


                                      -25-

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

Item 1.  Market Price for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.


The   Company's   Common   Stock  is   quoted  at  the   present   time  on  the
"Over-the-Counter  Bulletin Board. The Company's Common Stock commenced  trading
in April 1999 at $3.00 per share under the symbol of "FLXM".  Quotations reflect
inter-dealer prices,  without retail mark-up,  mark-down or commission,  and may
not represent actual transactions.



                                           High Bid             Low Bid

Qtr ended June 30, 1999                      $4.50               $3.00

Qtr ended September 30, 1999                $3.375               $2.00


Qtr ended December 31, 1999                 $4.875               $4.53




There are  approximately 50 holders of the Company's Common Stock.  From 1970 to
1984 the Company issued its common stock to various independent  contractors and
employees  for their  services.  Presently  there are  10,400,000  shares of the
Company's Common Stock outstanding with 20,000,000 common stock authorized.  All
of the issued and  outstanding  stock of the Company's  Common Stock were issued
pursuant to an exemption from the  registration  requirements  of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.

As of the date of this Form 10-SB,  10,400,000  shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock are eligible for sale under Rule 144 promulgated  under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended,  subject to certain  limitations  included in said Rule. In
general,  under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose stock are aggregated),  who
has satisfied a one-year holding period, under certain  circumstances,  may sell
within  any  three-month  period,  a number of stock  which  does not exceed the
greater  of one  percent of the then  outstanding  Common  Stock or the  average
weekly trading  volume during the four calendar  weeks prior to such sale.  Rule
144 also  permits,  under certain  circumstances,  the sale of stock without any
quantity  limitation by a person who has satisfied a two-year holding period and
who is not, and has not been for the preceding three months, an affiliate of the
Company.

The Company has not paid any  dividends to date and has no plans to do so in the
immediate future.


Item 2.  Legal Proceedings.


There is no litigation pending or threatened by or against the Company.


Item  3.  Changes  in and  Disagreements  With  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
          Financial Disclosure.

Not applicable.

Item 4. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.


On February 18 1999,  the Company sold  300,000  shares of Common Stock at $2.50
per share to the following three accredited  investors  presented to the Company
by AICH:

John L. Patten                      100,000 shares
Kathleen N. Patten                  100,000 shares
Benchmark Capital LLC               100,000 shares

This stock was sold at $2.50 based on AICH  recommendation as to price per share
for total proceeds in the amount of $750,000.

                                      -26-

<PAGE>

As of April 6, 1999 a private  placement was made as a result of immediate short
term bridge financing of $US1,250,000  arranged by AICH. The proceeds were to be
used to make a bid for Newsnet,  a company under  administration and in the same
business of fax  broadcasting.  As consideration  for providing this facility on
very short  notice the Company  issued  200,000  shares at $1.25  ($250,000),  a
$250,000  discount on fair value,  to AICH, the cost of which was to be deducted
from the $1,250,000  proceeds.  After lengthy negotiation the Company decided to
withdraw from pursuing the  acquisition  further and returned the funds to AICH,
although the shares remain issued and outstanding.


Item 5. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.


The Company's by-laws include  provisions  providing for the  indemnification of
officers and directors and other persons against expenses,  judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement in connection with  threatened,  pending or completed
suits or proceedings  against such persons by reason of serving or having served
as  officers,  directors or in other  capacities,  except in relation to matters
with respect to which such persons shall be determined not to have acted in good
faith and in the best  interests of the  Company.  With respect to matters as to
which the  Company's  officers and  directors  and others are  determined  to be
liable  for  misconduct  or  negligence,   including  gross  negligence  in  the
performance   of  their   duties  to  the   Company,   Idaho  law  provides  for
indemnification only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit is
brought  determines  that such  person  is fairly  and  reasonably  entitled  to
indemnification for such expenses which the court deems proper.

Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising under the 1933 Act may be
permitted to officers,  directors or persons controlling the Company pursuant to
the  foregoing,  the Company has been  informed  that in the opinion of the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the 1933 Act, and is therefore unenforceable.

In  accordance  with  the laws of the  State of  Idaho,  the  Company's  by-laws
authorize  indemnification  of a director,  officer,  employee,  or agent of the
Company for expenses incurred in connection with any action, suit, or proceeding
to which he or she is named a party by reason of his  having  acted or served in
such  capacity,  except  for  liabilities  arising  from his own  misconduct  or
negligence  in  performance  of his or her duty.  In addition,  even a director,
officer,  employee,  or agent of the Company who was found liable for misconduct
or  negligence  in  the   performance  of  his  or  her  duty  may  obtain  such
indemnification  if, in view of all the  circumstances  in the case,  a court of
competent jurisdiction  determines such person is fairly and reasonably entitled
to indemnification.



                                    PART F/S

Financial Statements.

The  following  financial  statements  are  attached  hereto and filed as a part
hereof. See page 23.


1)  Table of Contents - Financial Statements
2)  Independent Auditors' Report
3) Consolidated Balance Sheet
4) Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
5) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Cash Flows
6) Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
7) Notes to Financial Statements
8) Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet
9) Interim Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
10)Interim Consolidated Statements of Changes in Cash Flows

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

11) Notes to Interim Financial Statements


                                      -28-
<PAGE>
                                    PART III

Item 1.  Exhibit Index

No.                                                                   Sequential
Page No.

(3) Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

            3.1         Certificate of Incorporation and
                        Amendments Thereto*

            3.2         Bylaws*

(10) Material Contracts

            10.1 Merger Agreement*

            10.2 IPC Information Systems Inc - Distribution Agreement
            10.3 Premiere Information Systems Pty Ltd - Heads of Agreement
            10.4 Form  of  Premiere  Information  Systems  Pty  Ltd -  Wholesale
                 Agreement  (portions of this exhibit are omitted and were filed
                 with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the
                 Company's  application  requesting  confidential  treatment  in
                 accordance with Rule 24b-2 as promulgated  under the Securities
                 Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).
            10.5 Trend Micro - Partnership Agreement
            10.6 Scottish   Pacific   Business  Finance  Limited  -  Undisclosed
                 Factoring Agreement

(21) List of Subsidiaries*

(27) Financial Data Schedule

            27.1 Financial Data Schedule

- ------------------------
*Previously filed.


                                      -29-
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 12 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934,  the  Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  amendment  to the  Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized.

                                           FLEXEMESSAGING.COM, INC.
                                           (Registrant)


Date: March 10, 2000


                                           /S/ Nicholas Bird
                                           ------------------------------
                                           Nicholas Bird, President


                                      -30-
<PAGE>













                             Flexemessaging.com, Inc






                     REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999







<PAGE>



For financial  accounting  purposes,  as a result of the reverse  acquisition by
Flexemessaging.com,  Inc. (the  "Company") of the business  assets of Trade Wind
Communications Limited ("TWC"),  consisting of the stock of Trade Wind Group Pty
Ltd., the financial statements  presented herein are the consolidated  financial
statements of the Company for the year ended June 30, 1999 and June 30, 1998.

The Company has two  divisions:  Voice and Data  Division and FlexiFax  Division
operating  under the trade  name of  FlexiFax  Global  Services.  Voice and Data
Systems is a specialist supplier and integrator of voice  communication  systems
and decision  support  applications  for dealing rooms,  emergency  services and
other  organizations  with  mission-critical  needs.  FlexiFax  Global  Services
operates an enhanced  fax  broadcast  service  over a global  network.  FlexiFax
specializes in quality fax broadcasts  generated  from  customers'  desktops for
delivery to any destination in the world.







SCHEDULE A              Financial Information




<PAGE>
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS
FLEXEMESSAGING.COM,INC


                                                    INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT




We   have   audited   the   accompanying    consolidated    balance   sheet   of
Flexemessaging.com,Inc.  as of  June  30,  1999  and  the  related  consolidated
statements of loss and comprehensive loss,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows
for the years ended June 30, 1999 and l998.  These financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion of these financial statements based on our audits.


We  conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with  Australian  generally  accepted
auditing  standards in the United States.  Those standards  require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of
Flexemessaging.com,lnc.  at June 30, 1999 and the consolidated  results of their
operations  and their cash flows for the years  ended June 30,  1999 and 1998 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.


The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming that the
Company  will  continue  as a  going  concern.  As  discussed  in Note 1c to the
financial statements,  the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations
and has a net working capital  deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going  concern.  Management's  plans in regard to these
matters are also  described in Note 1c. The financial  statements do not include
any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


Sydney, Australia                                            BDO NELSON PARKHILL
October 27, 1999                                           CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS


                                      F-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Flexemessaging.com, Inc
Consolidated Balance Sheet
                                                                                  Note        30 June
                                                                                                1999
<S>                                                                                <C>         <C>
Assets                                                                                           $
Current
                   Cash                                                            2             118,912
                   Receivables                                                     3           1,899,714
                   Inventory                                                       4             306,370
                   Costs on projects not yet billed                                              456,784
                                                                                               2,781,780
                                                                                           --------------

Capital assets                                                                     5           1,010,902
Goodwill                                                                           6               9,531
Other                                                                              7              20,610
                                                                                               1,041,043
                                                                                               3,822,823
                                                                                           --------------

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current


                   Trade Creditors                                                             1,541,309
                   Sundry creditors and accruals                                   8             784,269
                   Customer deposits                                                             248,495
                   Unearned maintenance revenue                                                  196,882
                   Current portion of lease obligations                            9              31,382
                   Loans payable                                                   10             74,435
                   Income taxes payable                                                              111

                                                                                               2,876,883
                                                                                           --------------

Non Current

                   Non current portion of lease obligations                        9              21,777
                   Employee entitlements payable                                                 131,851
                                                                                                 153,628
                                                                                           --------------

Total Liabilities                                                                              3,030,511

Shareholders' Equity
Common Stock, $0.001 par value; 20,000,000 shares
                   Authorized; 10,400,000 shares issued                                           10,400
                   Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares
                   Authorized; no shares issued                                                        -
                   Additional paid-in capital                                                  4,659,068
                   Comprehensive income - foreign currency translation             12            138,733
                   Accumulated deficit                                                       (4,015,889)
                                                                                                 792,312

                                                                                               3,822,823
</TABLE>

The accompanying  summary of significant  accounting  policies and notes form an
integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-2
<PAGE>

Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Note                30 June              June
                                                                             1999               1998
                                                                               $                 $

<S>                                                                           <C>               <C>
Revenues                                                                      8,873,845         11,103,370

                                                        ---------------------------------------------------
Less:
Cost of Sales                                                                 4,686,123          6,516,246
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------

Gross Profit                                                                  4,187,722          4,587,124
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------

Operating Expenses
Network operating costs                                                         106,217            116,730
Selling, general and administrative                                           5,121,234          4,699,497
Depreciation and amortization                                                    486048             451772
Total operating expenses                                                      5,713,499          5,267,999

Loss from Operations                                                        (1,525,777)          (680,875)
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------

Other income/(expense)
            Interest paid
                        - leases                                                (1,436)            (1,451)
                        - loans - short term                                   (59,619)           (29,983)
                        - Discount on stock issuance                          (250,000)                  -
            Interest received                                                    14,631              9,215
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------

Loss for the year before income tax                                         (1,822,201)          (703,094)
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------

Income tax expense                                       13                           -                  -
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------

Net loss                                                                    (1,822,201)          (703,094)
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------

Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments                                       (96,431)            211,266

Comprehensive loss                                                          (1,918,632)          (491,828)
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------

Net loss per share                                                               (0.20)             (0.08)
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------

Weighted average number of shares                                             9,075,000          8,800,000
</TABLE>


The accompanying  summary of significant  accounting  policies and notes form an
integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-3

<PAGE>
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     30 June               30 June
                                                                      1999                  1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        $                     $
                                                              ----------------------------------------
Cash provided/(used) by:

Operating Activities
Operations
<S>                                                                  <C>                    <C>
            Net loss for the year                                    (1,822,201)            (703,094)
                                                              ----------------------------------------
            Items not involving cash:
            Amortization                                                486,048              451,772
                                                              ----------------------------------------
            Interest expenses related to issuance of
            stock at a discount
                                                                        250,000                    -
                                                              ----------------------------------------
            Increase/(decrease) from changes in:

            Accounts receivable                                         224,035             (28,150)
            Inventory                                                   (39,644)            (43,055)
            Costs on projects not yet billed                             83,921             152,652
            Accounts payable and other                               (1,030,846)            357,100
            Accruals
            Income taxes                                                     (3)                (56)
            Employee entitlement payable                                 25,067             (58,918)
                                                                     (1,823,623)            128,251

                                                              ----------------------------------------
Investing Activities
            Investments in:
                                                              ----------------------------------------
            Capital assets - net                                       (481,852)             21,246
                                                                       (481,852)             21,246
                                                              ----------------------------------------
Financing Activities

            Loans raised                                              1,250,000                   -
            Loans repaid                                             (1,000,000)           (319,920)
            Loan payable                                                  2,687              71,748
            Lease payments                                              (25,183)            (81,626)
            Proceeds on issue of stock                                  689,571                   -
            Contribution of capital                                     917,435             481,659
                                                                      1,834,510             151,861

                                                              ----------------------------------------

(Decrease)/Increase in cash                                            (470,965)            301,358
Cash at beginning of year                                               589,877             288,519
Cash at end of year                                                     118,912             589,877
                                                              ----------------------------------------

Supplemental non-cash investing and
financing activities
Capital lease obligations                                                59,191                   -
Interest                                                                 61,055              28,532
                                                              ----------------------------------------
</TABLE>


The accompanying  summary of significant  accounting  policies and notes form an
integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-4
<PAGE>

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Common Stock
                                                  -------------------------
                                                                                        Additional
                                                  Shares           Amount                 Paid in            Accumulated
                                                                                           Capital             Deficit
<S>                                              <C>              <C>                   <C>                  <C>
Balance, at June 30, 1997                        680,800          506,515               1,574,378            (1,490,594)
Contributed capital                                                                       481,659
Net loss for the year                                                                                          (703,094)

                                          --------------- ---------------- ----------------------- ----------------------
Balance at June 30, 1998                         680,800          506,515               2,056,037            (2,193,688)
                                          --------------- ---------------- ----------------------- ----------------------


Recapitalization on                            8,119,200        (497,715)                 497,715
February 5, 1999 (see note (a))

                                          --------------- ---------------- ----------------------- ----------------------


Common stock for SVI                             500,000              500                   (500)

                                          --------------- ---------------- ----------------------- ----------------------

Shares issued to                                 600,000              600                   (600)
AICH for placement
Agreement
                                          --------------- ---------------- ----------------------- ----------------------

Common stock issued on                           300,000              300                 749,700
March 16, 1999 @ $2.50
per share


Listing costs                                                                            (60,429)
Attributable
To issuance
Contributed Capital                                                                       917,345

On March 31, 1999
                                          --------------- ---------------- ----------------------- ----------------------

Common stock issued                              200,000              200                 249,800
On June 9, 1999 at
$1.25 per share
                                          --------------- ---------------- ----------------------- ----------------------

Interest expense                                                                          250,000
Related to stock
Issued at a discount
                                          --------------- ---------------- ----------------------- ----------------------

Net loss for the year                                                                                        (1,822,201)
                                          --------------- ---------------- ----------------------- ----------------------

Balance, at June 30, 1999                     10,400,000           10,400               4,659,068            (4,015,889)
</TABLE>


(a) The  recapitilization  that  occurred on February 5, 1999 was  necessary  in
order to adjust the issued share  capital to 8,800,000  shares.  As described in
Note  1 to  the  financial  statements,  Flexemessaging.com,  Inc. acquired  the
business  assets  of TWC,  consisting  of the  stock  of TWG,  in  exchange  for
8,800,000 shares of common stock of Flexemessaging.com, Inc.


                                      F-5
<PAGE>

NOTE 1:     SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a.          Organization


            Trade Wind Communications  Limited, a Bermudan  corporation , listed
            on the Canadian  Venture  Exchange (VSE: TWC) ("TWC") entered into a
            business  combination  agreement ("Merger Agreement") on February 5,
            1999 with Flexemessaging.com, Inc. (previously Siler Ventures Inc. ,
            "SVI") and Atlantic  International Capital Holdings Ltd. ("AICH") to
            complete  a reverse  acquisition  of  Flexemessaging.com, Inc. and a
            financing   arrangement   of   $3,660,000   through   the   sale  of
            Flexemessaging.com,  Inc. common stock pursuant to an exemption from
            the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
            amended.  TWC  owned all of the  stock in Trade  Wind  Group Pty Ltd
            (TWG) which controlled all the business assets.

            On February 5, 1999, SVI entered into an acquisition  agreement with
            Trade Wind  Communications  Limited ("TWC"), a Bermudan  corporation
            listed on the  Canadian  Venture  Exchange,  to purchase  all of its
            business  assets,  consisting  of the stock of Trade  Wind Group Pty
            Limited ("TWG"), a wholly-owned  subsidiary of TWC,  incorporated on
            September  6, 1988.  SVI was a  non-operating  public  shell with no
            tangible assets and 500,000 shares of common stock outstanding. This
            merger of TWG and SVI (a non-operating  public shell with a tangible
            asset  value of nil)  resulted  in TWG  having  actual or  effective
            operating control of the combined Company after the transaction.  As
            a result, this transaction has been treated as a capital transaction
            in  substance,  rather  than a  business  combination  and has  been
            accounted  for as a  reverse  acquisition.  Any  references  to past
            accomplishments of the Company and its financial information,  prior
            to the  acquisition,  relate  solely to TWG, as combined,  since SVI
            (now  known  as  Flexemessaging.com,  Inc.)  has been  inactive  for
            several  years.  SVI  acquired the assets of TWG in exchange for the
            issuance of 8.8 million  shares of common stock.  This valuation was
            based  on arms  length  negotiation  driven  by  ultimate  ownership
            principles.  A  forward  valuation  based  on  future  revenues  was
            determined and from this capitalization model, the total outstanding
            common  stock was  calculated.  Thereafter,  the  respective  equity
            ownership positions were negotiated.

            Pursuant  to the  Merger  Agreement,  the  Company  entered  into an
            agreement  with  Atlantic  International  Capital  Holdings  Ltd., a
            Bermudan corporation ("AICH"),  with the objective of performing two
            tasks.  First,  AICH was to identify an  acquisition  candidate  and
            secondly  AICH was to arrange for funding for the Company.  Pursuant
            to that agreement, AICH identified SVI as an acquisition vehicle and
            assisted  the  Company in  structuring  and  concluding  the reverse
            acquisition  In  return,  the  shareholders  of SVI  were  allocated
            500,000  of  the   Company's   common   stock   after  it  had  been
            recapitilized.  The fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed
            in the reverse  acquisition  were nil.  AICH has also  assisted  the
            Company in seeking  financing of $3,660,000  through the sale of the
            Company's common stock utilizing private  placements.  AICH has made
            an  interim   placement  of  300,000   shares  of  common  stock  of
            Flexemessaging.com Inc. for $750,000.

            Per the Merger  Agreement,  AICH is expected to place the balance of
            the  $3,660,000  financing  through the sale of  Flexemessaging.com,
            Inc.'s  common stock  pursuant to future  private  placements.  As a
            condition of the merger  agreement with AICH,  600,000 shares of the
            Company's common stock were issued to AICH as performance shares for
            arranging future financing.  These performance shares are subject to
            a lockup  agreement  signed by AICH whereby  shares will be released
            from the lockup agreement in proportion to the funds raised by AICH,
            subject to a minimum of $1  million.  The  funding  minimum  was not
            raised  within the  required  70 days as a result of various  delays
            concerning the merger agreement with the US shell Company,  SVI. The
            Company  has  informed  its  transfer  agents,  Interstate  Transfer
            Company,  of the restriction and non  performance.  The treatment of
            these  performance  shares is under review by the board  pending the
            result of the latest  capital  raising  activity  by AICH and remain
            subject to possible  cancellation if the terms and conditions of the
            agreement are not met.

            Flexemessaging.com,  Inc. is  incorporated  under the laws of Idaho.
            Its stock is traded on the Over the Counter  Bulletin  Board market,
            but is not registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission
            or the  securities  commission of any state.  Included in the issued
            stock are 600,000 shares of common stock beneficially owned by AICH.
            These  shares are held in escrow and will be subject to  performance
            by AICH under


                                      F-6
<PAGE>
            the terms of the Merger  Agreement.  The performance  terms have not
            been met and the contract is currently under review by management.

            TWC is a holding company that did not carry on any  operations.  Its
            only expenditures  were in relation to investor  relations and stock
            exchange  compliance  relating to its capital  stock on the Canadian
            Venture  Exchange.  As a result,  all costs of doing  business (i.e.
            officer and  employee  salaries,  rent,  depreciation,  advertising,
            accounting,  legal,  interest  expense)  have been  reflected in the
            financial statements of TWG.

            TWG's  principal  activity  comprises  the  manufacture  and sale of
            telecommunication  equipment  and  the  provision  of  communication
            services.  The majority of sales to date have been  concentrated  in
            Australia , however with the expansion of its communication services
            to Europe and North  America,  the  Company is  developing  a global
            profile.


            These  financial  statements  are stated in US dollars and have been
            prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
            in United States.


            These financial  statements  present figures for the Company for the
            years ended June 30, 1999, and June 30, 1998.


b.          Principles of Consolidation


            The consolidated  accounts  comprise the accounts of the Company and
            all of its  subsidiaries.  All  material  interCompany  accounts and
            transactions have been eliminated.


c.          Going Concern


            The accompanying  financial statements have been prepared on a going
            concern basis,  which contemplates the realization of assets and the
            satisfaction  of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of
            business.



                                      F-7
<PAGE>


            The Company has  incurred  cumulative  losses to date of  $4,015,889
            that includes a net loss for the current period of  $1,822,201.  The
            Company  anticipates  raising additional capital to meet its planned
            operational  and expansion  requirements  over the remaining part of
            the fiscal year ending June 30, 2000.  Should the appropriate  level
            of  funding  not become  available,  then the  Company  will have to
            reduce its costs  employed  in various  areas  including  its global
            expansion  activities,  network  expansion,  new  channel  marketing
            initiatives,  R&D, sales and general marketing  activities to a cost
            level which will meet the anticipated cash needs for working capital
            and capital  expenditure  requirements.  Thereafter if the Company's
            operation  does not begin to deliver  positive  cashflows in amounts
            enough  to  satisfy  the  Company's  requirements  then  it  will be
            necessary  for the Company to raise  additional  funds  through bank
            debt,  equity funding,  partnering with others to share overheads or
            undertake appropriate  divestment strategies of certain technologies
            for equity or cash, or through other sources of capital.  Additional
            funding may not be  available,  or may not be available on terms and
            timing  acceptable  to the  Company,  which  could  have a  material
            adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position,  its overall
            business and the result of the Company's operations.

            The market for fax and messaging is very  competitive  and the Voice
            and Data business,  with its large  contracts is very  influenced by
            the economic  conditions  pertaining  in Australia at the time.  The
            Company  does not expect  this to change  and in fact  expects it to
            require even greater  effort to overcome in the future.  The Company
            will  therefore  continue  to have the need for  additional  funding
            until it reaches  significant levels of revenue and margin to become
            cashflow positive.


d.          Goodwill and intangibles

            Goodwill is recorded  initially  at the amount by which the purchase
            price for a  business  or for  ownership  interest  in a  controlled
            entity exceeds the fair value  attributed to its net tangible assets
            at date of  acquisition.  Goodwill is amortized  on a  straight-line
            basis over a period of 10 years.  Intangibles  represent  trademarks
            and  customer  list  acquisition.  Intangibles  are  amortized  on a
            straight-line basis over a period of 5 years.

e.          Long-lived Assets

            Long-lived  assets,  consisting  principally  of capital  assets and
            goodwill,  are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
            circumstances   indicate  that  the  carrying   amount  may  not  be
            recoverable.  If the sum of the expected  future  undiscounted  cash
            flows  is less  than  the  carrying  amount  of the  asset a loss is
            recognized  for  the  difference  between  the  fair  value  and the
            carrying value.

f.          Inventories

            Inventories  are  measured  at the lower of cost and net  realizable
            value.  Costs are assigned on a first-in first-out basis and include
            direct  materials,  direct labor and an  appropriate  proportion  of
            variable and fixed overhead expenses.

g.          Income Tax


            The Company  accounts for income taxes under an asset and  liability
            approach  that requires the  recognition  of deferred tax assets and
            liabilities for the expected future tax  consequences of events that
            have been  recognized in the Company's  financial  statements or tax
            returns.  To the extent it is more  likely  than not that all of the
            Company's  deferred  tax assets  will not be  realized  a  valuation
            allowance  is  recorded  to  reduce  the  deferred  tax asset to its
            estimated Net Realizable Value.


h.          Capital Assets


            Capital  assets are  recorded at cost.  Amortization  is provided on
            owned plant and equipment over their estimated  useful lives ranging
            from 3 to 25 years using  either the  straight  line or  diminishing
            balance method.  Leased assets are amortized over the shorter of the
            estimated life of the assets or the term of the lease.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>

i.          Research and Development

            Research and Development expenditures are expensed as incurred.

j.          Employee Benefits


            Provision is made in respect of the  Company's  liability for annual
            leave and long service leave at the balance sheet date. Long service
            leave is accrued in respect of all employees.

            Contributions are made by the Company to an employee  superannuation
            fund  (similar  to a defined  contribution  plan) and are charged as
            expenses  when  incurred.  The  amount  contributed  to the fund was
            $235,701 (1998: $178,970). The Company has a statutory obligation to
            contribute 7% of total  remuneration to the employee  superannuation
            fund. The  contributions  are paid to externally  managed funds. The
            Company  has no  other  legal  obligation  to  provide  benefits  to
            employees on retirement.


k.          Revenue Recognition


             Revenue  on  projects  for the  Voice & Data  division,  which  are
            completed   within  one  to  two   months,   are   recognized   upon
            installation,  or upon delivery when there is a reasonable basis for
            estimating  that  the   installation   criteria  will  be  met.  The
            installation  criteria involve cut-over or powering the system up to
            go live. The costs  associated with  installation  are minimal.  All
            costs that have not been incurred at the revenue  recognition  stage
            are accrued to ensure proper  matching or revenues and  expenditure.
            There is normally one week between  delivery  and  installation  and
            historically the Company has not experienced  significant  delays or
            problems with the installations.  Contracts exceeding two months are
            accounted for on a percentage of completion  basis,  based on direct
            costs. Until revenue  recognition  occurs,  accumulated costs (after
            progress  billings)  are held in Costs on  projects  not yet billed.
            Unearned  maintenance revenue represents revenue received in advance
            of the period covered by the maintenance  agreement.  The revenue is
            recognized  evenly  over  the  period  covered  by  the  maintenance
            agreement.  Sales  revenue for the FlexiFax  division is  recognized
            upon successful transmission of fax deliveries.


l.          Foreign Currency Transactions and Balances


            The financial  position and results of operations of the Company are
            determined using the Australian  dollar as the functional  currency.
            Assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate in effect
            at  each  period  end.   Amounts  on  the   statement  of  loss  and
            comprehensive  loss are  translated  at the average rate of exchange
            prevailing during the period.  Translation  adjustments arising from
            the use of  different  exchange  rates  from  period to  period  are
            included  in  the  comprehensive  income  account  in  shareholders'
            equity. The gains and losses from foreign currency  transactions are
            included in net loss.


m.          Financial Instruments


            The Company's financial  instruments  consist of cash,  receivables,
            accounts payable,  other loans, and employee  entitlements  payable.
            Unless otherwise noted, it is management's  opinion that the Company
            is not exposed to  significant  interest,  currency or credit  risks
            arising from these financial  instruments.  The fair values of these
            financial  instruments  approximate  their carrying  values,  unless
            otherwise noted.


n.          Use of Estimates

            The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
            accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
            and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts of assets and
            liabilities and disclosures of contingent  assets and liabilities at
            the date of the  financial  statements  and the reported  amounts of
            revenues and expenses  during the reporting  period.  Actual results
            could  materially  differ  from these  estimates.  The assets  which
            required management to make significant estimates and assumptions in
            determining  carrying  values  include  plant and  equipment and all
            other non-current assets.

o.          Loss per share


                                      F-9

<PAGE>


            Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the
            weighted  average number of stock of common stock  outstanding  each
            year.  Diluted earnings per share is computed in a manner consistent
            with that of basic  earnings  per share while  giving  effect to all
            potentially  dilutive common stock equivalents that were outstanding
            during the period.  For the years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 there
            were no common stock equivalents,  therefore both basic and dilutive
            earnings per share were the same amounts for both periods.  Net loss
            per share is calculated  assuming  recapitalization  occurred at the
            beginning  of the  earliest  period  shown.  As the  600,000  shares
            directly or indirectly  beneficially  owned by AICH are  performance
            based,  they have been excluded from the weighted  average number of
            shares.


p.          New Accounting Pronouncements

            In  April  1998,   the  American   Institute  of  Certified   Public
            accountants  issued  Statement of Position  98-5,  "Reporting on the
            Costs of Start-Up activities",  ("SOP 98-5") which provides guidance
            on the financial reporting of start-up costs and organization costs.
            It requires costs of start-up  activities and organization  costs to
            be expensed as  incurred.  SOP 98-5 is  effective  for fiscal  years
            beginning after December 15, 1998 with initial adoption  reported as
            the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.  Adoption
            of this  standard  will not have a material  effect on the financial
            statements.

            During 1998, the FASB issued SFAS 132, "Employers' Disclosures about
            Pensions and Other Post retirement Benefits". This statement revised
            employers'  disclosures  about  pension  and other  post  retirement
            benefit  plans but does not change  measurement  of  recognition  of
            those plans.  SFAS 132 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
            December  15,  1998.  Adoption  of this  standard  will  not  have a
            material effect on the financial statements.

            In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued SFAS
            No.  133.   "Accounting  for  Derivative   Instruments  and  Hedging
            Activities".  SFAS No.  133  requires  companies  to  recognize  all
            derivatives contracts as either assets of liabilities in the balance
            sheet and to measure them at fair value.  If certain  conditions are
            met, a derivative  may be  specifically  designated as a hedge,  the
            objective  of  which  is  to  match  the  timing  of  gain  or  loss
            recognition on the hedging  derivative  with the  recognition of (i)
            the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability  that
            are  attributable  to the hedged risk or (ii) the earnings effect of
            the hedged forecasted  transaction.  For a derivative not designated
            as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in income in
            the  period of  change  SFAS No.  133 is  effective  for all  fiscal
            quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000.


            Historically, the Company has not entered into derivatives contracts
            either  to  hedge  existing  risks  or  for  speculative   purposes.
            Accordingly,  the  Company  does  not  expect  adoption  of the  new
            standards on January 1, 2000 to affect its financial statements.

q.          Risks and Uncertainties

            A significant  portion of the Company's  client base is concentrated
            within the financial services industry.  An economic downturn in the
            financial  services industry could have a material adverse effect on
            the Company's results of operations.

r.          Sale of Accounts Receivable

            The Company has adopted SFAS No 125,  "Accounting  for Transfers and
            Servicing of Financial  Assets and  Extinguishments  of Liabilities"
            ("SFAS 125"), which provides consistent standards for distinguishing
            transfers of financial assets that are sales from transfers that are
            secured  borrowings.  The Company has  established a factoring  line
            with  Scottish  Pacific  which  enables the Company to sell selected
            accounts  receivable invoices to the bank with full recourse against
            the  Company.  Pursuant to the  provisions  of SFAS 125, the Company
            reflected the  transactions  as a sale of assets and established and
            established  an accounts  receivable  from Scottish  Pacific for the
            retained  amount  less  the  costs of the  transaction  and less any
            anticipated  future  loss in the value of the  retained  asset.  The
            retained  amount  is equal to 15% of the total  accounts  receivable
            invoice  sold to the  bank  less  0.7% of the  total  invoice  as an
            administrative fee and an annual interest loading of 2% per annum

                                      F-10

<PAGE>

            of the total outstanding  accounts  receivable as a finance fee. The
            amount owing to Scottish  Pacific as at June 30, 1999 was $74,435 as
            compared to $71,748 as at June 30, 1998.  See Note 10.




                                      F-11

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      30 June
                                                                                        1999
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           $
                                                                                -------------------
NOTE 2:     CASH

<S>                                                                                        <C>
            Cash at bank and on deposit                                                    111,293
            Cash on hand                                                                     7,619
                                                                                           118,912
                                                                                -------------------

NOTE 3:     RECEIVABLES

            Trade debtors                                                                1,744,978
            Allowance for doubtful debts                                                   (86,812)
            Other debtors                                                                  241,548
                                                                                         1,899,714
                                                                                -------------------

NOTE 4:     INVENTORY

            Raw material                                                                   176,711
            Finished goods                                                                 129,659
                                                                                           306,370
                                                                                -------------------

NOTE 5:     CAPITAL ASSETS
            (a)                     Plant and Equipment - at cost                        1,692,447
                                    Furniture and Fittings - at cost                       552,206
                                    Motor Vehicles - at cost                                85,084
                                    Leasehold improvements - at cost                       333,970
                                    Less accumulated amortization                       (1,703,491)
                                                                                           960,216
                                                                                -------------------
            (b)                     Leased
                                    Leased Motor Vehicles -
                                    Capitalized leased assets                              219,941
                                    Less accumulated amortization                         (169,255)
                                                                                            50,686
                                                                                -------------------
            Total

            Cost                                                                         2,883,648
            Less accumulated amortization                                               (1,872,746)
            Cost less accumulated amortization                                           1,010,902
                                                                                -------------------

NOTE 6:     GOODWILL

            Goodwill                                                                       103,614
            Less accumulated amortization                                                  (94,083)
                                                                                             9,531
                                                                                -------------------

NOTE 7:     OTHER NON CURRENT ASSETS

            Trademarks                                                                      26,412
            Less accumulated amortization                                                   (5,802)
                                                                                            20,610
                                                                                -------------------
</TABLE>


                                      F-12

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          30 June
                                                                                            1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             $
                                                                                       -----------------
NOTE 8:     SUNDRY CREDITORS AND ACCRUALS

<S>                                                                                             <C>
            Sundry creditors and accruals                                                       584,162
            Employee entitlements                                                               200,107
                                                                                                784,269
                                                                                       -----------------

NOTE 9:     LEASE LIABILITIES
            (a)         Finance Leasing Commitments
                                                                                       -----------------

                        Payable
                        -           not later than one year                                      31,492
                        -           later than one year but not later than 2 years               11,948
                        -           later than 2 years but not later than 3 years                 9,932
                        -           later than 3 years but not later than 4 years                     -
                        -           later than 4 years but not later than 5 years                     -
                        Minimum lease payments                                                   53,372
                                                                                       -----------------

                        Less future finance charges                                                 213
                        Total lease liability                                                    53,159

                        Current portion                                                          31,382
                        Non-current portion                                                      21,777
                                                                                                 53,159
                                                                                       -----------------

                        Finance lease liabilities are
                        collateralized by the underlying lease
                        assets

            (b)         Operating Lease Commitments

                        Non-cancelable operating leases
                        contracted for but not capitalized in
                        the accounts

                        Payable
                        -           not later than one year                                     352,599
                        -           later than one year but not later than 2 years              445,832
                        -           later than 2 years but not later than 3 years                11,805
                        -           later than 3 years but not later than 4 years                     -
                        -           later than 4 years but not later than  5 years                    -
                                                                                                810,236

            Rent expense incurred for the year ended
            June 30, 1999 was $435,496 (1998: $324,419)
                                                                                       -----------------
</TABLE>


                                      F-13


<PAGE>


NOTE 10:    LOANS PAYABLE

In  September  1997,  the Company  arranged an unlimited  working  capital-based
facility with Scottish Pacific Business Finance Limited  ("Scottish  Pacific")in
respect of the Australian  domiciled  customers of FlexiFax Global Services.  In
accordance  with  Scottish  Pacific  lending  criteria,  this  facility has been
secured by a charge  over the assets of Trade Wind  Marketing  Pty Ltd (a wholly
owned  subsidiary  of Trade Wind Group Pty Ltd) as well as  guarantees  by Trade
Wind Group Pty Ltd and its  subsidiaries.  Interest is charged at the highest of
the prevailing  rates of either Westpac Banking  Corporation,  Australia and New
Zealand  Banking Group Limited or National  Australia Bank Limited plus a margin
of 2%. The prevailing interest rate at June 30, 1999 was 10.93% (1998:  11.06%).
The original  term of this  agreement  was for a 12 month period with  automatic
renewals.  This  agreement may be  terminated by Scottish  Pacific by giving one
month's notice or by the Company giving three month's notice.

As of April 6, 1999 a private  placement was made as a result of immediate short
term bridge financing of $US1,250,000  arranged by AICH. The proceeds were to be
used to make a bid for Newsnet,  a company under  administration and in the same
business of fax  broadcasting.  As consideration  for providing this facility on
very short  notice the Company  issued  200,000  shares at $1.25  ($250,000),  a
$250,000  discount on fair value,  to AICH, the cost of which was to be deducted
from the $1,250,000  proceeds.  The shares were issued at $1.25 as compared to a
previous  placement price per share of $2.50 and $4.00 as quoted on the OTCBB as
of the date of issue. After lengthy  negotiation the Company decided to withdraw
from  pursuing the  acquisition  and the funds were  returned to AICH as per the
agreement.  As AICH  provided the necessary  funding,  the shares were issued on
June 9, 1999.



NOTE 11:    CONTRIBUTED CAPITAL

In the past,  loans were  payable to Trade Wind  Communications  Limited.  These
loans were  unsecured and did not attract  interest or have  timetables  for set
repayment.  All loans have been forgiven at certain times.  The  forgiveness has
been reflected in paid-in capital.


NOTE 12:    COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

In accordance with SFAS 130, the accumulated  comprehensive income comprises the
following:

            Accumulated comprehensive income
                 Balance at beginning of year                    235,164
                 Foreign currency translation adjustments        (96,431)
                                                                 --------
                 Balance at end of year                          138,733

NOTE 13:    INCOME TAX EXPENSE


Estimated  tax losses  available to the Company to be carried  forward to future
years amount to $5,975,184 (1998:  $4,057,173).  These losses are not subject to
an expiry date, however,  the benefits of these losses will only be obtained if:

(a)      the  Company  derives  future  assessable  income of a nature and of an
         amount sufficient to enable the benefit from the deduction for the loss
         to be realized;


(b)      the Company  continues to comply with the conditions for  deductibility
         imposed by law; and
(c)      no change in tax legislation  adversely affect the Company in realizing
         the benefit from the deduction for the loss.

Differences  between the effective  income tax rate and the statutory income tax
rate were primarily the result of the valuation allowance,  which fully reserved
the net deferred tax asset.  The net deferred tax asset arose primarily from the
taxable losses  generated  during the years ended June 30, 1992 through June 30,
1999.

                                      F-14

<PAGE>





                                      F-15
<PAGE>

NOTE 14: SEGMENTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The Company operates two business divisions, Voice and Data Systems and FlexiFax
Global Services.  Voice and Data Systems is a specialist supplier and integrator
of voice  communications  systems and decision support  applications for dealing
rooms,  emergency  services  dispatch and similar  operations.  FlexiFax  Global
Services  operates  an  enhanced  fax  broadcast  system.  It is not  considered
necessary  to  show  geographic  segmented  financial  information  as  revenues
generated  from   countries   other  than  Australia  [30]  are  not  considered
significant  and  represent  less  than 10% of  total  revenue.  The  accounting
principles used to report the segment amounts is the same as that used to report
the  financial  statements.   Segmented  financial  information  for  these  two
divisions follows:


For the year ending June 30, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           Voice and         FlexiFax            Head Office     Consolidated
                                              Data

<S>                                          <C>             <C>                     <C>            <C>
Revenue                                      5,426,815       3,447,030                     -        8,873,845

Amortization                                   126,159         304,409                55,480          486,048

Segment operating profit/(loss)                101,925     (1,368,978)             (258,724)      (1,525,777)

Identifiable assets                          2,365,313       1,248,780               208,730        3,822,823

For the year ending June 30, 1998

Revenue                                      7,640,378       3,462,992                     -       11,103,370

Amortization                                   107,558         289,536                54,678          451,772

Segment operating profit/(loss)                133,024       (625,520)             (188,379)        (680,875)

Identifiable assets                          3,098,631       1,252,369               252,626        4,603,626
</TABLE>


NOTE 15:    EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO BALANCE SHEET DATE


On August 30, 1999,  the Company  through AICH,  has made an offering of 500,000
common  shares at $3.75 per share for the raising of net proceeds of  $1,725,000
by way of private placement. This offering is being made pursuant to the limited
and private  offering  exemption set forth in Rule 506 of Regulation D under the
US Securities  Act of 1933, as amended ("the Act"),  and  comparable  exemptions
from  registration  under applicable state  securities  laws.  Accordingly,  the
securities to be offered will not be and have not been registered  under the Act
and may not be offered or sold in the U.S. absent  registration or an applicable
exemption from  registration..  The securities will be offered only to investors
who are  accredited  investors  (as that term is defined in  Regulation D of the
Securities  Act). The Offering has no aggregate  minimum  purchase  requirement.
This  offering is to close 180 days from the  offering  date or until all shares
are sold  whichever is the earlier.  To date no shares have been  subscribed  to
under this offering.

As of July 1999, AICH has advanced bridge  financing in the sum of $499,500,  in
return for an unsecured  promissory note on the Company. The loan bears interest
at the rate announced, from time to time, by Nationsbank N.A. as its prime rate,
plus 200 basis  points,  per annum.  Interest  is  calculated  on the basis of a
360-day  year,  but  only  to the  extent  that  the  unpaid  principal  remains
outstanding.  Interest  accrues  and is  payable  from the day that the  Company
receives  net  proceeds  of not less than  $1,500,000  from the  above-mentioned
private  placement.  The  promissory  note  is to be  repaid  on  the  later  of
commencement  of trading of  securities  of the  Company on the  American

                                      F-16

<PAGE>

Stock  Exchange,  NASDAQ or  another  exchange  acceptable  to the  Company,  or
December  21,  1999.  The note may be  prepaid  at any time  without  penalty or
premium.

On August 16, 1999,  the Company  filed a Form 10SB with the US  Securities  and
Exchange Commission to become a reporting entity as of October 15, 1999.













                                      F-17
<PAGE>









                             Flexemessaging.com, Inc






                  REPORT FOR THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999












                                      F-18
<PAGE>

Flexemessaging.com, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     Note               Unaudited
                                                                                                       31 December
                                                                                                          1999

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------------------

Assets                                                                                                      $

Current
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
            Cash                                                                                          217,525
            Receivables                                                                                 2,767,835
            Inventory - Raw materials                                                                     142,369
            Inventory - Finished goods                                                                    163,251
            Costs on projects not yet billed                                                              278,445
                                                                                                --------------------------
                                                                                                        3,749,425
                                                                                                --------------------------
Capital assets                                                                                            438,225
Goodwill                                                                                                    3,805
Other                                                                                                      25,745

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Current

            Trade Creditors                                                                             2,171,288
            Sundry creditors and accruals                                                               1,007,855
            Customer deposits                                                                             272,188
            Unearned maintenance revenue                                                                  213,407
            Current portion of lease obligations                                                           31,071
            Loan payable on securitization of debt                                                        106,089

Non Current

            Non current portion of lease obligations                                                       21,561
            Loans payable                                                              2                  757,695
            Employee entitlements payable                                                                 138,098
                                                                                                          917,354
                                                                                                --------------------------

Total Liabilities                                                                                       4,719,252
                                                                                                --------------------------

Shareholders' Equity
            Common Stock, $0.001 par value; 20,000,000 shares                                              10,400
            Authorized; 10,400,000 shares issued
            Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares                                                 -
            Authorized;  no shares issued
            Additional paid-in capital                                                                  4,525,393
            Comprehensive income - foreign currency translation                        3                  181,532
            Accumulated deficit                                                                        (5,399,377)
                                                                                                --------------------------
                                                                                                         (682,052)
                                                                                                --------------------------
                                                                                                        4,037,200
</TABLE>





The accompanying  summary of significant  accounting  policies and notes form an
integral part of these financial



                                      F-19
<PAGE>

statements.


                                      F-20

<PAGE>


Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Note      Unaudited            Unaudited            Unaudited        Unaudited
                                                      Three months ended    Three months ended   Six months ended  Six months ended
                                                          31 December          31 December          31 December      31 December
                                                             1999                  1998                1999             1998

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                               $                    $                    $              $

<S>                                                         <C>                   <C>                 <C>             <C>
Sales                                                       3,950,865             1,815,329           6,028,155       4,296,269
Less:
Cost of Sales                                               2,553,135             1,021,128           3,602,655       2,359,504

                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Gross Profit                                                1,397,730               794,201           2,425,500       1,936,765

Operating Expenses
Network operating costs                                        18,574                27,140              42,405          55,826
Selling,general and administrative                          1,424,742             1,043,562           2,778,730       2,169,056
Depreciation and amortization                                 134,707               120,689             244,600         227,806
Restructuring Costs                                           725,735                     -             725,735

                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total operating expenses                                    2,303,758             1,191,391           3,791,470       2,452,688


                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Loss from Operations                                         (906,028)             (397,190)         (1,365,970)       (515,923)

Other income/(expense)
            Interest paid
               - loans - short term                           (14,698)              (16,903)            (25,712)        (25,308)
            Interest received                                   6,882                 4,747               8,194           6,882

                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Loss for the year before income tax                          (913,844)             (409,346)         (1,383,488)       (534,349)

Income tax expense                                                  -                     -                   -               -

                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Net loss                                                     (913,844)             (409,346)         (1,383,488)       (534,349)

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments                       13,458                17,287              42,799          19,516


                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Comprehensive loss                                           (900,386)             (392,059)         (1,340,689)       (514,833)

Net loss per share                                           (0.09)                (0.05)              (0.13)          (0.06)

Weighted average number of shares                          10,400,000             8,800,000          10,400,000       8,800,000
</TABLE>


The accompanying  summary of significant  accounting  policies and notes form an
integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-21
<PAGE>



Consolidated Statements of Changes in Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              Unaudited                      Unaudited
                                                                          Six months ended               Six months ended
                                                                             31 December                    31 December
                                                                                1999                           1998

Cash provided/(used) by:                                                          $                              $

Operating Activities
Operations
<S>                                                                          <C>                               <C>
            Net loss for the year                                            (1,383,488)                       (534,349)
            Items not involving cash:
            Amortization                                                        244,600                         227,806
            Write down of network equipment                                     419,418
            Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
            Accounts receivable                                                (868,121)                        387,727
            Inventory                                                               750                         (57,232)
            Costs on projects not yet billed                                    178,339                         343,677
            Accounts payable and other                                          893,783                      (1,464,691)
            accruals
            Income taxes                                                           (111)                              1
            Employee entitlement payable                                          6,247                           7,705
                                                                                  -----                           -----
                                                                               (508,583)                      (1089,356)

Investing Activities
            Investments in:
            Capital assets - net                                                (41,951)                       (119,083)
                                                                                --------                       ---------
                                                                                (41,951)                       (119,083)
Financing Activities
            Loans raised                                                        757,695                               -
            Loan payable on securitization of debt                               31,654                          (1,761)
            Lease payments                                                       (6,527)                         (7,275)
            Contribution of capital                                                   -                         681,635
            Distributions                                                      (133,675)                              -
                                                                               ---------                              -
                                                                                649,147                         672,599

(Decrease)/Increase in cash                                                      98,613                        (535,840)
Cash at beginning of year                                                       118,912                         589,877
Cash at end of year                                                             217,525                          54,037

Supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities
Capital lease obligations                                                             -                               -
Interest                                                                         25,712                          25,308
</TABLE>

The accompanying  summary of significant  accounting  policies and notes form an
integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-22
<PAGE>


Notes on the Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


NOTE 1:     SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


      a.    Interim Financial Statements

            The Consolidated  interim financial  statements  included herein are
            stated in US dollars and have been prepared by the Company,  without
            audit, in accordance with accounting  principles  generally accepted
            in the United  States and pursuant to the rules and  regulations  of
            the  Securities and Exchange  Commission.  Certain  information  and
            footnote  disclosures  normally  included  in  financial  statements
            prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
            have  been   condensed  or  omitted   pursuant  to  such  rules  and
            regulations,  although the Company believes that the disclosures are
            adequate to make the information presented not misleading.

            These  statements  reflect  all  adjustments,  consisting  of normal
            recurring  adjustments  which,  in the  opinion of  management,  are
            necessary  for  fair  presentation  of  the  information   contained
            therein.  It is suggested that these Consolidated  interim financial
            statements be read in conjunction  with the financial  statements of
            Flexemessaging.com, Inc. for the year ended June 30,  1999 and notes
            thereto  included in the Company's  registration on Form 10-SB.  The
            Company  follows the same  accounting  principles in  preparation of
            interim reports.

      Results of operations for the interim periods are not indicative of annual
results.


      b.    Organization

            Trade Wind Communications  Limited, a Bermudan  corporation , listed
            on the Canadian  Venture  Exchange (VSE: TWC) ("TWC") entered into a
            business  combination  agreement ("Merger Agreement") on February 5,
            1999 with Flexemessaging.com, Inc. (previously Siler Ventures Inc. ,
            "SVI") and Atlantic  International Capital Holdings Ltd. ("AICH") to
            complete  a reverse  acquisition  of  Flexemessaging.com, Inc. and a
            financing   arrangement   of   $3,660,000   through   the   sale  of
            Flexemessaging.com,  Inc. common stock pursuant to an exemption from
            the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
            amended.  TWC  owned all of the  stock in Trade  Wind  Group Pty Ltd
            (TWG) which controlled all the business assets.

            On February 5, 1999, SVI entered into an acquisition  agreement with
            Trade Wind  Communications  Limited ("TWC"), a Bermudan  corporation
            listed on the  Canadian  Venture  Exchange,  to purchase  all of its
            business  assets,  consisting  of the stock of Trade  Wind Group Pty
            Limited ("TWG"), a wholly-owned  subsidiary of TWC,  incorporated on
            September  6, 1988.  SVI was a  non-operating  public  shell with no
            tangible assets and 500,000 shares of common stock outstanding. This
            merger of TWG and SVI (a non-operating  public shell with a tangible
            asset  value of nil)  resulted  in TWG  having  actual or  effective
            operating control of the combined Company after the transaction.  As
            a result, this transaction has been treated as a capital transaction
            in  substance,  rather  than a  business  combination  and has  been
            accounted  for as a  reverse  acquisition.  Any  references  to past
            accomplishments of the Company and its financial information,  prior
            to the  acquisition,  relate  solely to TWG, as combined,  since SVI
            (now  known  as  Flexemessaging.com,  Inc.)  has been  inactive  for
            several  years.  SVI  acquired the assets of TWG in exchange for the
            issuance of 8.8 million  shares of common stock.  This valuation was
            based  on arms  length  negotiation  driven  by  ultimate  ownership
            principles.  A  forward  valuation  based  on  future  revenues  was
            determined and from this capitalization model, the total outstanding
            common  stock was  calculated.  Thereafter,  the  respective  equity
            ownership positions were negotiated.

            Pursuant  to the  Merger  Agreement,  the  Company  entered  into an
            agreement  with  Atlantic  International  Capital  Holdings  Ltd., a
            Bermudan corporation ("AICH"),  with the objective of performing two
            tasks.  First,  AICH was to identify an  acquisition  candidate  and
            secondly  AICH was to arrange for funding for the Company.  Pursuant
            to that agreement, AICH identified SVI as an acquisition vehicle and
            assisted  the  Company in  structuring  and  concluding  the reverse
            acquisition In return,  the shareholders of SVI were offered 500,000
            of the  Company's  common  stock.  The fair  value of the assets and
            liabilities  assumed in the reverse  acquisition  were nil. AICH has
            also assisted the Company in seeking financing of $3,660,000 through
            the sale of the Company's common stock utilizing private placements.
            AICH has made an interim placement of 300,000 shares of common stock
            of Flexemessaging.com, Inc. for $750,000.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>

            Per the Merger  Agreement,  AICH is expected to place the balance of
            the  $3,660,000  financing  through the sale of  Flexemessaging.com,
            Inc.'s  common stock  pursuant to future  private  placements.  As a
            condition of the merger  agreement with AICH,  600,000 shares of the
            Company's common stock were issued to AICH as performance shares for
            arranging future financing.  These performance shares are subject to
            a lockup  agreement  signed by AICH whereby  shares will be released
            from the lockup agreement in proportion to the funds raised by AICH,
            subject to a minimum of $1  million.  The  funding  minimum  was not
            raised  within the  required  70 days as a result of various  delays
            concerning the merger agreement with the US shell Company,  SVI. The
            Company  has  informed  its  transfer  agents,  Interstate  Transfer
            Company,  of the restriction and non  performance.  The treatment of
            these  performance  shares is under review by the board  pending the
            result of the latest  capital  raising  activity  by AICH and remain
            subject to possible  cancellation if the terms and conditions of the
            agreement are not met.


            Flexemessaging.com,  Inc. is  incorporated  under the laws of Idaho.
            Its stock is traded on the Over the Counter  Bulletin  Board market,
            but is not registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission
            or the  securities  commission of any state.  Included in the issued
            stock are 600,000 shares of common stock beneficially owned by AICH.
            These  shares are held in escrow and will be subject to  performance
            by AICH under the terms of the  Merger  Agreement.  The  performance
            terms have not been met and the contract is  currently  under review
            by management.

            TWC is a holding company that did not carry on any  operations.  Its
            only expenditures  were in relation to investor  relations and stock
            exchange  compliance  relating  to its capital  stock  listed on the
            Canadian Venture Exchange.  As a result, all costs of doing business
            (i.e.   officer   and   employee   salaries,   rent,   depreciation,
            advertising,   accounting,   legal,   interest  expense)  have  been
            reflected in the financial statements of TWG.

            TWG's  principal  activity  comprises  the  manufacture  and sale of
            telecommunication  equipment  and  the  provision  of  communication
            services.  The majority of sales to date have been  concentrated  in
            Australia , however with the expansion of its communication services
            to Europe and North  America,  the  Company is  developing  a global
            profile.

            These  financial  statements  are stated in US dollars and have been
            prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
            in United States.

             These  unaudited  financial  statements  present  figures  for  the
             Company for the three and six months ended  December 31, 1999,  and
             1998.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>


c.          Going Concern

            The accompanying  financial statements have been prepared on a going
            concern basis,  which contemplates the realization of assets and the
            satisfaction  of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of
            business.

            The Company has  incurred  cumulative  losses to date of  $5,399,377
            which  includes  a net  loss  (after  extraordinary  items)  for the
            current  period  of  $1,383,488.  The  Company  anticipates  raising
            additional  capital to meet its planned  operational  and  expansion
            requirements  over the remaining  part of the financial  year ending
            June 30, 2000.  Should the  appropriate  level of funding not become
            available,  then the Company will have to reduce its costs  employed
            in various areas including its global expansion activities,  network
            expansion, new channel marketing initiatives, R&D, sales and general
            marketing activities to a cost level which will meet the anticipated
            cash needs for working capital and capital expenditure requirements.
            Thereafter  if the  Company's  operation  does not begin to  deliver
            positive  cashflows  in  amounts  enough to  satisfy  the  Company's
            requirements  then it will be  necessary  for the  Company  to raise
            additional funds through bank debt, equity funding,  partnering with
            others  to  share  overheads  or  undertake  appropriate  divestment
            strategies  of certain  technologies  for equity or cash, or through
            other sources of capital.  Additional  funding may not be available,
            or may not be  available  on  terms  and  timing  acceptable  to the
            Company, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
            financial  position,  its  overall  business  and the  result of the
            Company's operations.

            The market for fax and messaging is very  competitive  and the Voice
            and Data business,  with its large  contracts is very  influenced by
            the economic  conditions  pertaining  in Australia at the time.  The
            Company  does not expect  this to change  and in fact  expects it to
            require even greater  effort to overcome in the future.  The Company
            will  therefore  continue  to have the need for  additional  funding
            until it reaches  significant levels of revenue and margin to become
            cashflow positive.


      d.    Loss per share

            Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the
            weighted  average number of stock of common stock  outstanding  each
            year. For the six months ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 there were
            no  common  stock  equivalents.  Net  loss per  share is  calculated
            assuming  recapitalization occurred at the beginning of the earliest
            period shown.

  NOTE 2:   LOANS PAYABLE

            AICH as Agent, has advanced bridge financing in the sum of $499,500,
            in return for an unsecured promissory note over  Flexemessaging.com,
            Inc.  The loan bears  interest at the rate  announced,  from time to
            time, by Nationsbank  N.A. as its prime rate, plus 200 basis points,
            per annum.  Interest is  calculated  on the basis of a 360-day year,
            but  only  to  the  extent   that  the  unpaid   principal   remains
            outstanding.  Interest  accrues and is payable from the day that the
            Company  receives net proceeds of not less than  $1,500,000 from the
            offering described in Note 5. The promissory note is to be repaid on
            the later of commencement of trading of securities of the Company on
            the American Stock  Exchange,  NASDAQ or another  national  exchange
            acceptable  to the Company,  or December  21, 1999.  The note may be
            prepaid at any time without penalty or premium.

             The balance of the loan funds are unsecured  with no fixed terms of
             repayment and do not attract interest.


                                      F-25

<PAGE>


NOTE 3:     COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

In accordance with SFAS 130, the accumulated  comprehensive income comprises the
following:

Accumulated comprehensive income
            Balance at beginning of period                   138,733
            Foreign currency translation adjustments          42,799
                                                             -------
            Balance at end of period                         181,532


NOTE 4:     SEGMENTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Company operates two business divisions, Voice and Data Systems and FlexiFax
Global Services.  Voice and Data Systems is a specialist supplier and integrator
of voice  communications  systems and decision support  applications for dealing
rooms,  emergency  services  dispatch and similar  operations.  FlexiFax  Global
Services  operates  an  enhanced  fax  broadcast  system.  It is not  considered
necessary  to  show  geographic  segmented  financial  information  as  revenues
generated from countries other than Australia are not considered significant and
represent less than 10% of total  revenue.  The  accounting  principles  used to
report the  segment  amounts  is the same as that used to report  the  financial
statements. Segmented financial information for these two divisions follows:

For the six months ended December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Voice and Data       FlexiFax        Head Office           Consolidated

<S>                                                         <C>               <C>            <C>                     <C>
Revenue                                                     4,229,231       1,798,924           -                    6,028,155
                                                       ----------------- --------------------------------------------------------

Amortization                                                   62,720         168,380         13,500                   244,600
                                                       ----------------- --------------------------------------------------------

Segment operating profit/(loss)                               100,841      (1,303,102)      (163,709)               (1,365,970)
                                                       ----------------- --------------------------------------------------------
Identifiable assets                                         3,151,820         651,169        234,211                 4,037,200
                                                       ----------------- --------------------------------------------------------
For the six months ended December 31, 1998


Revenue                                                     2,705,828       1,590,441           -                    4,296,269
                                                       ----------------- --------------------------------------------------------

Amortization                                                   57,806         164,765         5,235                    227,806
                                                       ----------------- --------------------------------------------------------

Segment operating profit/(loss)                               (72,175)       (403,443)       (40,305)                 (515,923)

                                                       ----------------- --------------------------------------------------------

Identifiable assets                                         1,839,389       1,205,656        259,360                 3,304,405

                                                       ----------------- --------------------------------------------------------


</TABLE>



NOTE 5:     EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO BALANCE SHEET DATE

On August 30, 1999,  the Company  through AICH,  has made an offering of 500,000
common  shares at $3.75 per share


                                      F-26
<PAGE>

to raise net proceeds of $1,725,000 by way of private  placement.  This offering
is being made pursuant to the limited and private  offering  exemption set forth
in Rule 506 of  Regulation  D under the US  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended
("the Act"), and comparable  exemptions from registration under applicable state
securities laws. Accordingly,  the securities to be offered will not be and have
not been  registered  under the Act and may not be  offered  or sold in the U.S.
absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration. The securities
will be offered only to investors who are accredited  investors (as that term is
defined in Regulation D of the  Securities  Act).  The Offering has no aggregate
minimum  purchase  requirement.  This  offering  is to close  180 days  from the
offering date or until all shares are sold whichever is the earlier.  To date no
shares have been subscribed for in this offering.

NOTE 6:     RESTRUCTURING COSTS

One of the core  management  objectives has been to re-position the Company more
towards a broad based messaging  service and away from the heavy relaince on fax
running on a proprietary fax network. This plan would involve the closure of the
existing proprietary fax network and the cessation of use of the related network
equipment and resources.

In  connection  with this plan the Company  signed an  agreement  on December 2,
1999,   with   Premiere,   a  subsidiary  of  Premiere   Technologies   Inc.,  a
communications  company  based in Atlanta,  Georgia  whereby  the Company  would
outsource the delivery of its fax traffic to the Premiere  network.  In addition
the customer bases in the UK, Canada, USA, Switzerland and Singapore will now be
serviced by Premiere  Technologies Inc. with the company receiving commission on
revenues generated for the next 24 months.

As a result,  with  effect  from  December  1, 1999 all  expenses  in respect of
network  operations  (leased  network  backbone  circuit  expenses,   facilities
management,  software  and  hardware  expenses and  maintenance,  network  staff
resources) will not be continued.
The costs and liabilities of this plan includes

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Expensed    Applied against     Payments     Balance
                                                                      related asset                  Dec 31, 1999

<S>                                                       <C>            <C>             <C>         <C>
Assumed obligations on closed network operations          188,723                        (50,116)     138,607
Severance and other employee costs(3 employees)           117,594                        (19,500)      98,094
Impairment loss on network equipment                      419,418        (419,418)             -            -
                                                          725,735        (419,418)       (69,616)    (236,701)
</TABLE>



Accrued  liabilities  for  network  operations  in the amount of  $138,607 as of
December 31, 1999 relate to termination costs of contracts and other contractual
agreements with third parties.

Estimated  severance  and other  employee  costs in the  amount of $98,094 as of
December  31, 1999  relate to  estimated  severance  for  terminated  employees.
Employee groups affected include management and network support personnel. As of
December 31, 1999 the accrual related to one senior employee.

The impairment loss on network equipment relates to network equipment that is to
be abandoned or otherwise  disposed of. These assets are no longer being used in
the continued operations of the Company.

On  December  16,  1999 Trade  Centre  Systems  Holdings  Pte Ltd  ("TCSH"),  an
indirectly  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the  Company,  operating  in Singapore
entered into an agreement with Jebsen and Jessen Communications Pte Ltd ("J&J").
Under the  agreement  TCSH has  transferred  its Voice & Data business to J&J in
return for revenue based commissions on sales and maintenance through to October
31, 2000.  This  agreement  relates to the  transfer/disposal  of a geographical
portion of a segment and does not  constitute  a  discontinued  operation.  This
transfer will not have a material  impact on the  performance  of the Company as
the  anticipated  commission  revenue  stream  represents  less  than  5% of the
Company's total revenues.


                                      F-27

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


                                  CONFIDENTIAL



                              DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                          IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC.

                                       AND

                          TRADE WIND MARKETING PTY LTD

                                       FOR



                       THE DISTRIBUTION OF PRODUCTS IN THE
                             TERRITORY OF AUSTRALIA

                              AGREEMENT REFERENCE:
                                IPC/D/ASPAC/08/99





<PAGE>
                                  CONFIDENTIAL




                                    CONTENTS

Preamble and Recitals

Clauses           1.       Definitions
                  2.       Term
                  3        Appointment
                  4.       Relationship of the Parties
                  5.       The Products
                  6.       Prices and payment
                  7.       Ordering procedure and Conditions of Sale
                  8.       Minimum Sales Figure
                  9.       Intellectual Property Rights
                  10.      Use of Trade Marks and trade names
                  11.      Intellectual Property Rights Indemnity
                  12.      Termination/Expiration
                  13.      Confidentiality
                  14.      Force Majeure
                  15.      Distributor Indemnity
                  16.      Limitation of Liability
                  17.      Insurance
                  18.      General
                  19.      Applicable Law and Jurisdiction

Schedules         1.       The Products
                  2.       Distributor's Obligations
                  3.       IPC Information Systems Inc.'s Obligations
                  4.       IPC Information Systems Inc.'s Conditions of Sale
                  5.       Training
                  6.       Repair Return Procedure
                  7.       Software License





<PAGE>


                                  CONFIDENTIAL




                   AGREEMENT FOR THE DISTRIBUTION OF PRODUCTS


THIS AGREEMENT is made on the 30th day of August, 1999

BETWEEN

IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC., a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware,
USA whose  principal  office is at 81 Pine  Street,  New York,  New York,  10005
hereinafter referred to as "IPC Information Systems Inc."

AND

TRADE WIND MARKETING PTY LTD ACE 052 100 455, trading as TRADE CENTRE PRODUCTS a
company having its  registered  office at Level 27 Grosvenor  Place,  225 George
Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia hereinafter referred to as "the Distributor".

WHEREAS

1.       IPC Information  Systems Inc. is engaged in the promotion,  sale, lease
         and licensing of certain  telecommunications  equipment including those
         that are detailed in Schedule 1 hereto (hereinafter, the "Products").

2.       The  Distributor  is engaged in the  business  of sales,  installation,
         maintenance  of  and  support  services  for  computer   communications
         products in Australia  and wishes to sell the Products in the Territory
         (as hereinafter defined).

3.       While  retaining  its  right  to sell the  Products  both  directly  to
         customers  and,  at  its  option,  through  other  distributors  in the
         Territory,  and to  provide  them with  installation,  maintenance  and
         support services in the Territory,  IPC Information Systems Inc. wishes
         to  appoint  the  Distributor,  subject to the  terms,  conditions  and
         schedules of this Agreement, to be a non-exclusive  distributor for the
         promotion,  marketing,  sale and  general  support of the  Products  as
         detailed in Schedule 1 in the Territory.

NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

1         DEFINITIONS

1.1      In addition to those words and phrases  defined  elsewhere  within this
         Agreement,  the  following  words  shall be  construed  as  having  the
         following respective meanings:

         "Agreement"                     means the terms and  conditions set out
                                         in this  document  as it may be amended
                                         from  time to time in  accordance  with
                                         Clause  18.6  hereof,   including   any
                                         schedules  and  annexes  hereto and any
                                         other document  expressly  incorporated
                                         into this Agreement;





<PAGE>
                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         "Confidential Information"      means any  information in whatever form
                                         recorded in writing,  electronically or
                                         otherwise   which  is   designated   in
                                         writing   by  either   party  as  being
                                         confidential  or which by its nature is
                                         confidential     including,     without
                                         limitation,  information  in respect of
                                         the parties' business affairs or plans,
                                         and for the avoidance of doubt,  in the
                                         case of IPC Information Systems,  Inc.,
                                         Confidential    Information    includes
                                         information  relating to  Equipment  or
                                         Software, Intellectual Property Rights,
                                         Documentation, financial data, business
                                         plans,  marketing  strategies and other
                                         competitively   sensitive  information,
                                         information  relating to customers  and
                                         contractual information,  including the
                                         terms of this Agreement;

         "COP"                           means  Carriage and  Insurance  Paid as
                                         defined in the International Chamber of
                                         Commerce Incoterms 1990 Edition;

         "Equipment"                     means  the  hardware  forming a part of
                                         the Product,  for which the Distributor
                                         takes title and sells onto customers in
                                         the  Territory,  as well as all  spare,
                                         replacement and  maintenance  parts and
                                         supplies purchased from IPC Information
                                         Systems,  Inc. used in connection  with
                                         such Equipment;

         "Initial Term"                  means  the  duration  of the  Agreement
                                         prior  to  any  extension  and  without
                                         prejudice   to  any   other   term   or
                                         condition within this Agreement, as set
                                         out in Clause 2. 1;

         "Intellectual Property Rights"  means  patents,  Trade  Marks,  service
                                         marks,     design    rights    (whether
                                         registrable or otherwise), applications
                                         for  any of the  foregoing,  copyright,
                                         know-how,   trade  secrets,   trade  or
                                         business names and other similar rights
                                         or   obligations,    whether   or   not
                                         registrable,   either  in  the   United
                                         States of America or the Territory;

         "IPC                            Group  Company" means any company which
                                         controls or is controlled,  directly or
                                         indirectly,  by IPC Information Systems
                                         Inc.  whether  through  the  holding or
                                         controlling  of a  majority  of  voting
                                         rights  or  the  right  to  appoint  or
                                         remove  a  majority  of  the  board  of
                                         directors or otherwise;

         "Minimum Sales Figure"          means the amount  specified in Clause 8
                                         which  represents  the minimum value of
                                         the   orders   to  be   placed  by  the
                                         Distributor with IPC Information



<PAGE>
                                  CONFIDENTIAL


                                         Systems   Inc.   for  the  Products  as
                                         detailed in Clause 8 herein;

         "Notice Date"                   means  the  day  on  which   notice  of
                                         termination  of this Agreement is given
                                         by either  party to the other  pursuant
                                         to  this  Agreement,  and in the  event
                                         this     Agreement    is     terminated
                                         automatically  without the  requirement
                                         for advance notice, "Notice Date" shall
                                         mean the date of termination;

         "Party", "Parties"              means IPC  Information  Systems Inc. or
                                         its   permitted   successor   and   the
                                         Distributor    as   parties   to   this
                                         Agreement,  individually or together as
                                         the case may be;

         "Prices"                        means  the  charges  for  the  Products
                                         levied by IPC Information  Systems Inc.
                                         on the Distributor;

         "Products"                      means  the   product  or   products  as
                                         specified  in  Schedule  1,  which  the
                                         Distributor will promote, sell, install
                                         and  maintain  and  generally   support
                                         under  the  terms  of  this  Agreement,
                                         consisting of Equipment and Software.

         "Purchase Order"                means a formal  written  order  request
                                         from the Distributor in accordance with
                                         IPC    Information    Systems    Inc.'s
                                         Conditions of Sale,  which shall become
                                         an order  between the Parties  upon its
                                         formal  acceptance  by IPC  Information
                                         Systems Inc.;

         "Software"                      means  any set of one or more  computer
                                         programs which is composed of routines,
                                         subroutines,    concepts,    processes,
                                         algorithms,    formulas,    ideas,   or
                                         know-how,    all    of    which    are,
                                         confidential  and  proprietary  to  IPC
                                         Information  Systems  Inc.  and/or  its
                                         suppliers  and may  consist  of (i) IPC
                                         Information Systems Inc. or third-party
                                         proprietary    operating    system   or
                                         proprietary application Software either
                                         embedded in memory  circuits within the
                                         associated  Equipment  or  provided  to
                                         Distributor on physical  media; or (ii)
                                         third-party    operating    system   or
                                         application     Software    which    is
                                         distributed   to   Distributor  by  IPC
                                         Information  Systems  Inc.  on physical
                                         media   "   shrink-wrapped"    by   the
                                         manufacturer.  The term Software  shall
                                         also include  (i)corrections,  patches,
                                         updates  or   revisions   to   Software
                                         originally   distributed;    and   (ii)
                                         Software  documentation  which consists
                                         of  publications in human readable form
                                         supplied  with  Software to explain the
                                         construction,  operation, and/or use of
                                         the   Software   by    Distributor   or
                                         customers. All Software



<PAGE>
                                  CONFIDENTIAL


                                         distributed  under this Agreement shall
                                         be subject to the terms of Clause 9 and
                                         the  Software   License  set  forth  in
                                         Schedule 7 hereto.

         "Territory"                     means Australia.

         "Trade                          Marks" means,  without limitation,  all
                                         trade  marks,   service  marks,   trade
                                         names, logos and the get up and trading
                                         style of "IPC Information Systems Inc."
                                         or any  IPC  Group  Company  as used in
                                         connection   with  the   Products   and
                                         related  packaging,  whether registered
                                         or not;

1.2      Any reference in this Agreement to day(s), month(s) or year(s) shall be
         construed as Gregorian calendar day(s), month(s) or year(s).

1.3      The headings in this Agreement are for  convenience  only and shall not
         affect its interpretation.

1.4      Any  reference  in this  Agreement  to the  plural  shall  include  the
         singular and vice versa.

1.5      Any reference in this Agreement to Clauses and Schedules are to Clauses
         and  Schedules  hereto  which  together  form an integral  part of this
         Agreement.



2        TERM

2.1      This Agreement  shall commence on the date first  mentioned  above and,
         subject to Clause 2.2 hereof,  shall  continue  for an Initial  Term of
         twenty-four (24) calendar months. Thereafter,  unless sooner terminated
         in accordance  with Clause 2.2 hereof,  the duration of this  Agreement
         shall  continue  until  such  time  as  either  party  terminates  this
         Agreement by giving to the other party  written  notice of  termination
         which shall become  effective sixty (60) calendar days after the Notice
         Date.

         2.2    This   Agreement   may  only  be  terminated  in  the  following
                circumstances:2.2.1  Upon expiry of the  Initial  Term if either
                party has given  written  notice of  termination  at least sixty
                (60) calendar days prior to the  expiration  date of the Initial
                Term, or at any time after expiry of the Initial Term upon sixty
                (60) calendar  days' prior written  notice as provided in Clause
                2.1 above; and If IPC Information  Systems Inc. for a continuous
                period of Ninety  Days  refuses  to accept  correctly  submitted
                Purchase  Orders for  Products or refuses to provide  quotations
                for Products,  the Distributor shall have the right to terminate
                this  Agreement  by giving not less than sixty (60) days' notice
                in writing to IPC Information Systems Inc.

         2.2.2  Pursuant to the provisions of Clauses 3, 8 and 12 below.




<PAGE>
                                  CONFIDENTIAL


3.       APPOINTMENT

3.1      IPC  Information  Systems Inc.  hereby  appoints the  Distributor  on a
         non-exclusive  basis as IPC Information  Systems Inc.'s distributor for
         sale,  installation  and  servicing of the Products in the Territory in
         accordance  with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in such
         capacity the  Distributor  shall perform the obligations as detailed in
         this Agreement.

3.2      IPC Information Systems Inc. retains its right at all times to sell the
         Products and anyother products or services in the Territory and to have
         such delivered, installed, tested, maintained and supported, either:

         (i)    directly  itself or by and through any other IPC Group  Company;
                or by

         (ii)   any third  party/parties  that IPC Information  Systems Inc. may
                appoint for that purpose

         Provided  only Than IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  shall  provide the
         Distributor reasonable notice (not less that 60 days) of it's intention
         to so do and provide the  distributor  the  opportunity to negotiate an
         alternative  course of action,  BUT nothing  herein shall  restrict its
         rights to do so in any way or create any  liability  whatsoever  of IPC
         Information Systems Inc. to the Distributor.

         (iii)  Should either of the above  options  occur then IPC  Information
                Systems  Inc.  will  discuss and review the  following  with the
                Distributor.

         a)     Minimum Sales Figure
         b)     Clause 3.6
         c)     Expenditure  incurred by the  Distributor  in respect to clauses
                3.7, 3.8, 10.1.5 and 12.3.

3.3      Nothing herein confers any right upon the Distributor itself to appoint
         (or to purport that it has  appointed) any third party as a distributor
         or sub-distributor of the Products in the Territory.

3.4      The Distributor  warrants on a continuing  basis throughout the term of
         this Agreement  that it is a registered  legal entity in the Territory,
         that it has the  legal  capacity  and  authority  to  enter  into  this
         Agreement,  and  that  it has  validly  and  effectively  executed  and
         delivered this Agreement.

3.5      The Distributor shall:

         3.5.1    comply with all applicable  laws and regulations in respect of
                  the  import,   distribution,   installation,   connection  and
                  maintenance  of  the  Products  and  the  performance  of  the
                  Distributor's obligations hereunder, and the Distributor shall
                  indemnify IPC Information  Systems Inc.  against any liability
                  resulting  from its  failure  to  comply  with  such  laws and
                  regulations;

         3.5.2    not by itself or with  others  engage  or  participate  in any
                  illegal,   deceptive,   misleading   or  unethical   practices
                  including,  but not limited to a practice  which may result in
                  the  disparagement of the Products or IPC Information  Systems
                  Inc. or engage or participate in other  practices which may be
                  detrimental to the Products,  IPC Information  Systems Inc. or
                  the public interest; and

         3.5.3    provide IPC Information  Systems Inc., at its request,  with a
                  copy  of  audited  or  certified   financial   statements   of
                  Distributor,  including a balance sheet,  income statement and
                  statement  of  changes  in  financial  position,  for the most
                  recent fiscal year of  Distributor,  together  with  unaudited
                  financial statements on a quarterly basis; and

         3.5.4    permit IPC Information  Systems Inc. and its authorized agents
                  at all reasonable  times and with prior notice to enter any of
                  the  Distributor's  premises  for the purpose of  ascertaining
                  that Distributor is complying with its obligations  under this
                  Agreement.

3.6      For as long as this  Agreement  remains in effect,  and for a period of
         one (1)  year  following  the  termination  of this  Agreement  for any
         reason, Distributor shall not, without the prior written consent




<PAGE>
                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         of IPC  Information  Systems Inc.,  directly or indirectly,  (i) own or
         operate  any  business  or engage  in any  activities  relating  to the
         distribution or manufacture of telephone  systems that compete with its
         activities  hereunder;  or (ii) become interested as principal,  owner,
         shareholder,  partner  or agent of any  person,  firm,  corporation  or
         entity engaged  therein.  Distributor  acknowledges  that any breach of
         this provision by Distributor  may result in irreparable  injury to IPC
         Information Systems Inc. and, therefore,  that in addition to all other
         remedies  provided  by law,  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  shall  be
         entitled to both temporary and permanent injunctions and such other and
         further  equitable  relief as may be  available  to prevent a breach or
         threatened breach of this provision.

3.7      The Distributor  shall obtain promptly,  at its expense,  all necessary
         licences,   certificates,   permits,   approvals,  or  other  documents
         (collectively,  "Licenses") as may be required by any  applicable  laws
         and regulations (i) for the enforceability of this Agreement, including
         without   limitation  the  performance  of  all  of  the  Distributor's
         obligations under this Agreement and the enforcement of IPC Information
         Systems Inc.'s rights hereunder,  and (ii) in order for the Products to
         be  imported  into,  sold and  operated  within the  Territory.  To the
         maximum extent  possible,  such Licenses shall be issued in the name of
         IPC Information Systems Inc. or another IPC Group Company designated by
         IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  The cost of  obtaining  all  necessary
         Licences  shall be  borne by the  Distributor.  The  Distributor  shall
         provide IPC Information  Systems Inc. with copies of all such documents
         upon request.

3.8      IPC  Information  Systems Inc.  shall upon  request by the  Distributor
         provide  reasonable  technical  assistance  in obtaining  any necessary
         Licenses. However no action or inaction by IPC Information Systems Inc.
         shall  diminish the  responsibility  of the  Distributor to acquire all
         necessary  Licences  in respect  of all the  Products  and,  should the
         Distributor  fail to do so within  sixty (60) days after the  effective
         date of this Agreement, or within sixty (60) days after any requirement
         for a new or amended License come into effect,  as the case may be, IPC
         Information  Systems Inc.  shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement
         with immediate effect without liability of IPC Information Systems Inc.
         to the  Distributor  and without  prejudice  to any other  remedies IPC
         Information Systems Inc. may have under this Agreement.

3.9      The Distributor  shall inform IPC  Information  Systems Inc. as soon as
         reasonably possible of any change to any laws and regulations governing
         the import,  distribution,  installation,  connection or maintenance of
         the Products within the Territory,  as well as of any change (or likely
         anticipated  change) to any Licenses affecting any such matters.  Where
         any withdrawal or suspension of any Licences is caused by any action or
         inaction of the  Distributor,  IPC  Information  Systems Inc.  shall be
         entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect without there
         being any liability of IPC Information  Systems Inc. to the Distributor
         and without  prejudice to any other  remedies IPC  Information  Systems
         Inc. may have under this Agreement.


3.10     IPC  Information  Systems Inc.  shall upon  request by the  Distributor
         consider  reasonable  modifications  to the  Products  required to meet
         applicable  laws  or  regulations  in the  Territory.  If in  the  sole
         discretion of IPC the additional  cost or difficulty of modification is
         such  that  the  distribution  of  some or all of the  Products  in the
         Territory is commercially  adversely affected,  IPC Information Systems
         Inc.  shall be  entitled  to (i) amend the  Agreement  to  exclude  the
         affected  Products,  or (ii)  terminate  this  Agreement with immediate
         effect, in either case without any liability of IPC Information Systems
         Inc. to the Distributor.

3.11     The  day  to  day  performance  of  IPC   Information   Systems  Inc.'s
         obligations  under  this  Agreement  shall be  performed  either by IPC
         Information Systems Inc. itself or by and through any IPC Group Company
         as IPC Information  Systems Inc. may from time to time determine.  Such
         shall include any obligation arising under any Purchase Order.

4        RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES

4.1      The  Distributor  agrees  that it is an  independent  contractor  fully
         responsible for its acts, omissions or defaults (including those of its
         employees,   subcontractors  or  agents)  and  the  Distributor  hereby
         indemnifies IPC Information  Systems Inc.  against any loss suffered or
         liabilities or expenses incurred by IPC Information Systems Inc. or any
         IPC Group Company as a result of such acts,



<PAGE>
                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         omissions   or   defaults.   The   Distributor   agrees   that  in  all
         correspondence  and other dealings  relating  directly or indirectly to
         the Products  supplied under this  Agreement it shall clearly  indicate
         that it is acting as a distributor  and it shall not hold itself out as
         being  part of IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  or any  other IPC Group
         Company, or as an employee, agent, representative,  partner, or part of
         a joint venture with IPC  Information  Systems Inc. In particular,  the
         Distributor shall not use any IPC Information Systems Inc. trademark in
         or on its  letterhead  or company  stationery,  without  prior  written
         permission from IPC Information Systems Inc.

4.2      The  Distributor  has no  authority  or  power to bind or  contract  or
         negotiate in the name of or to incur any debt.  or other  obligation on
         behalf of or create any liability against IPC Information  Systems Inc.
         in any way or for any  purpose.  The  Distributor  shall  transact  all
         business  pursuant to this  Agreement on its own behalf and for its own
         account.

4.3      If the Distributor  comprises more than one legal person all agreements
         with IPC Information Systems Inc. shall be joint and several.

5.       THE PRODUCTS

5.1      IPC Information  Systems Inc.  reserves the right at any time to change
         the specification or design of any of the Products.  In such event, IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  will  provide the  Distributor,  as soon as
         reasonably  practicable  and prior to  shipment of the  Products,  with
         written  notice of any changes made to the  specification  or design of
         the Products.  The  Distributor  undertakes  to advise IPC  Information
         Systems Inc. as soon as  reasonably  possible of the effect of any such
         changes  on any  License  that may have been  granted  relating  to the
         distribution of the Products in the Territory.  IPC Information Systems
         Inc.  shall  not be under any  obligation  to make any  changes  to the
         Products previously shipped or sold to the Distributor.

5.2      IPC Information Systems Inc. will use its reasonable  endeavours not to
         change  specification  or design of any Products that have already been
         ordered by the Distributor  pursuant to the procedure  detailed herein,
         unless such  changes are, in IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.'s  opinion
         essential,  as  determined  in  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.'s  sole
         discretion. In such circumstances and to the extent reasonably possible
         IPC  Information  Systems Inc. shall use its  reasonable  endeavours to
         effect such changes without  materially  diminishing the performance of
         the Products.

5.3      The timing and introduction of any new product into the Territory shall
         be in IPC Information Systems Inc.'s sole discretion and there shall be
         no legal obligation upon IPC Information  Systems Inc. to introduce any
         new  product  into  the  Territory,  notwithstanding  that the same may
         already have been introduced elsewhere.  The Distributor agrees that it
         will distribute all such new product unless it can obtain the agreement
         of IPC  Information  Systems Inc. that there are sound reasons why such
         new product  should not be introduced  into the  Territory.  Subject to
         agreement to distribute the new product the Distributor  shall promptly
         acquire the  necessary  Licenses as are required in the  Territory  for
         such new  product  and shall in  addition  conduct  market  research as
         acceptable  and  reasonable for the new product in the Territory as may
         be requested by IPC Information Systems Inc.

5.4      Upon  the  inclusion  of any  new  product  into  this  Agreement,  IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  shall  have the  right  to make  reasonable
         amendments  to  Schedule  1, the Minimum  Sales  Figure,  and any other
         amendments  which may be necessary or  appropriate  as a result of such
         inclusion.

6        PRICES AND PAYMENT

6.1      Subject  to  Clauses  6.2 and 6.3 below  all  Purchase  Orders  for the
         Products  shall be subject to the Prices as  applicable at the date the
         Purchase  Order is  accepted by IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  Prices
         quoted  by  IPC  Information   Systems  Inc.  shall  remain  valid  for
         acceptance,  subject to all terms,  conditions and assumptions detailed
         in IPC Information  Systems Inc.'s  quotations,  for a period of ninety
         (90) days from the date of such  quotation.  Any quotation of which the
         validity  has  expired  shall be  subject to  further  confirmation  or
         amendment by IPC Information Systems Inc.




<PAGE>
                                  CONFIDENTIAL


6.2      Unless and until advised by IPC  Information  Systems Inc.,  Prices for
         the  Products  will be based  on  delivery  CIP.  Prices  will  exclude
         value-added  tax and all and any local taxes and  duties,  all of which
         shall be for the sole account of the Distributor.

6.3      Payment for the Products shall be made by the Distributor in US Dollars
         unless  otherwise  agreed  on a case by case  basis in  writing  by IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  Without  prejudice  to any other rights and
         remedies,  if the Distributor  fails to pay for the Products in full by
         the due date, IPC Information  Systems Inc. may, without  incurring any
         liability  whatsoever  to the  Distributor,  refuse to deliver  further
         Products under that or any other Purchase Order  (notwithstanding  that
         the due date for delivery of such Products may have arrived) until full
         payment is made.

6.4      IPC Information  Systems Inc. shall have the option to decide on a case
         by case basis whether it is most appropriate to that particular sale to
         accept payment against invoice or on other terms deemed  appropriate by
         IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  due  to  the  Distributor's  financial
         condition,  payment  history  or  other  factors,  including  requiring
         payment  through an irrevocable  letter of credit payable to a clearing
         bank  to  be  approved  by  IPC  Information   Systems  Inc.  with  IPC
         Information  Systems Inc.  clearly  named as  beneficiary.  All and any
         costs arising from any letters of credit or other  alternative  payment
         arrangements shall be borne by the Distributor.

6.5      Payment  is  to  be  made,  for  new  systems,  as  follows  unless  an
         alternative  agreement is made with IPC Information  Systems Inc. prior
         to acceptance of a Purchase Order.

                  20% of amount on placement of order

                  50% on complete shipment of order.

                  30% upon final acceptance by the customer or within 30 days of
                  being brought into service, whichever is sooner.

7.       ORDERING PROCEDURE AND CONDITIONS OF SALE

7.1      The Distributor  may request IPC Information  Systems Inc. to provide a
         written  quotation  for  supply  of  the  Products  at  any  time.  IPC
         Information  Systems Inc. reserves the right not to submit a quotation.
         Refusal to provide a quotation will be taken into  consideration by IPC
         Information Systems Inc. when reviewing the Minimum Sales Figure.

7.2      The Distributor  shall submit all Purchase Orders in writing.  Purchase
         Orders are subject to IPC Information  Systems Inc.'s specific  written
         acceptance,  except where the Purchase  Order is an  acceptance  by the
         Distributor of IPC Information  Systems lnc.'s written quotation in all
         respects as  provided  pursuant  to Clause 7.1 above.  IPC  Information
         Systems Inc. will inform the Distributor  whether or not it will accept
         the  Purchase  Order  as  soon  as is  reasonably  practicable.  If IPC
         Information  Systems Inc.  accepts the Purchase Order, it will send the
         Distributor a written  acceptance  stating the  Distributor's  Purchase
         Order number,  the price, the delivery date and this Agreement  number.
         Refusal  to accept an order  will be taken  into  consideration  by IPC
         Information  Systems Inc. when  reviewing the Minimum Sales Figure.  No
         Purchase  Order may provide for delivery of the Product after notice of
         termination  of this  Agreement has been given by either party,  and if
         notice  of  termination  is given by  either  party at a time  when any
         Purchase Orders are outstanding,  IPC Information  Systems,  Inc. shall
         have the option to cancel any or all such  outstanding  Purchase Orders
         by notice to Distributor.

7.3      All  Purchase  Orders  submitted  by the  Distributor  shall  state the
         following:

         (i)      Products model(s);
         (ii)     the quantities ordered;
         (iii)    the requested dates of availability;
         (iv)     the destination of the Products;
         (v)      reference to this Agreement number;
         (vi)     the method of shipment; and
         (vii)    the  company's  VAT (or taxation  registration)  number (where
                  applicable).



<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


7.4      Orders for the Product  which are accepted by IPC  Information  Systems
         Inc. shall be subject to IPC Information  Systems Inc.'s  Conditions of
         Export Sale current at the time of  acceptance  of the Purchase  Order.
         IPC  Information  Systems Inc.'s  Conditions of Sale shall override any
         contrary or additional  conditions  proposed by the Distributor  unless
         agreed in  advance in writing by IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  for a
         particular  order.  In  the  event  that  any  contrary  or  additional
         conditions  are included in any Purchase  Order,  such shall be invalid
         and shall not apply to IPC Information Systems Inc.

7.5      IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.'s  Conditions  of Sale  current  at the
         commencement  of this Agreement are set out in Schedule 4. IPC reserves
         the right to revise  such  Conditions  of Sale from time to time and in
         such even IPC shall  provide to the  Distributor  a copy of the revised
         Conditions of Sale which shall be substituted for current Schedule 4 at
         IPC's  option.  In the event of any  conflict  between IPC  Information
         Systems Inc.'s Conditions of Sale and this Agreement,  the then-current
         Conditions of Sale shall  prevail.  For the purposes of this  Agreement
         each  Purchase  Order placed with IPC  Information  Systems Inc. by the
         Distributor  shall  constitute a separate  sale and contract in its own
         right.  Notwithstanding  the  termination  of any  Purchase  Order this
         Agreement  shall remain in full force and effect until such time as the
         Agreement has either expired or has been  terminated in accordance with
         the provisions herein.

7.6      The  Distributor  shall,  upon signature of a contract or order for the
         Products  with a customer,  provide  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc. if
         reasonably so requested with a copy of the same.



8.       MINIMUM SALES FIGURE

8.1      The Distributor shall purchase from IPC Information Systems Inc. during
         the first twelve-(12)  months of this Agreement,  and thereafter during
         each  successive  twelve (12) month period,  quantities of the Products
         equal to or greater than the respective applicable Minimum Sales Figure
         amounts specified in Clauses 8.4 and 8.5.

8.2      For the purpose of determining the Distributor's performance in meeting
         its  obligations  under Clause 8.1, an executed  Purchase Order for the
         Product  shall  constitute  a purchase  on the date of IPC  Information
         Systems Inc.'s acceptance of the Purchase Order.  However, any Purchase
         Order which is  subsequently  canceled  for  whatever  reason shall not
         contribute  to the Minimum  Sales  Figure,  and the actual sales figure
         achieved by the Distributor  shall be adjusted by the amount with which
         any Purchase  Order is  subsequently  increased or reduced in value for
         whatever reason.

8.3      In the event that the  Distributor  fails to achieve the Minimum  Sales
         Figure  applicable to any period under this Agreement,  IPC Information
         Systems Inc. may, at its  discretion on written  notice  terminate this
         Agreement for the Distributor's default.

8.4      The Minimum  Sales Figure for the first twelve (12) month period of the
         term of this Agreement is US Two Million Dollars  ($2M.).  This and all
         subsequent  Minimum Sales Figures are to be expressed in US Dollars and
         exclude all taxes, duties and transportation costs.

8.5      Not less than sixty (60) days before the end of the period specified in
         Clause 8.1 and each period of twelve (12) months  thereafter during the
         term of this Agreement,  the parties shall  co-operate in good faith to
         agree a new minimum  sales  figure which shall  constitute  the Minimum
         Sales Figure for the succeeding twelve (12) months.  Both parties shall
         use their  reasonable  efforts  to  mutually  agree the  Minimum  Sales
         Figure.  However if after a period of thirty (30) days the parties fail
         to agree then IPC Information  Systems Inc.  reserves the right, at its
         discretion,  either  to  specify  the  Minimum  Sales  Figure  for  the
         Distributor or to terminate this Agreement.

9.       INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

9.1      All Intellectual Property Rights in



<PAGE>


                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         i)       the Products;
         ii)      all documents and manuals supplied with the Products;
         iii)     the Software; and,
         iv)      all Trade Marks,

         shall remain the absolute  property of IPC Information  Systems Inc. or
         its licensors. No licence or other right is granted except as expressly
         set out in this Agreement.

                  [NOTE: SOFTWARE LICENSING PROVISIONS ARE
                  SUBJECT TO REVISION BY IPC]

9.2      Upon payment in full of the applicable Purchase Price for Equipment and
         Software,  and subject to the terms of this Agreement and in particular
         the Software License in Schedule 7 hereto, IPC Information Systems Inc.
         grants to the Distributor:

         9.2.1    a paid-up, non-exclusive, non-transferable personal licence to
                  use, solely in conjunction with the purchased  Equipment,  any
                  Software  supplied to Distributor by IPC  Information  Systems
                  Inc. for such purpose,  on the terms  contained in Schedule 7,
                  Software License; and

         9.2.2    a paid-up,  non-exclusive,  non-transferable  license to grant
                  non-exclusive  sublicenses of the right to use Software solely
                  in conjunction with the purchased Equipment,  conditioned upon
                  the  Distributor's   obtaining  from  end  user  Customers  an
                  executed  End-User   Software   Sublicense  in  the  form  and
                  containing  all  the  terms  and  conditions  of the  Software
                  License in Schedule 7.]

9.3      In  addition  to the  Software  described  in  clause  9.2  above,  IPC
         Information  Systems Inc. may provide to the  Distributor,  on physical
         media  "shrink-wrapped"  by  the  manufacturer,  third-party  operating
         system or applications  software.  The license allowing the end-user to
         use  such   shrink-wrapped   Software  is  an  agreement   between  the
         manufacturer and the end-user,  is contained within the shrink-wrap and
         is activated when the end-user opens the shrink-wrap.

9.4      The Distributor is not permitted to:

         i)       modify,  adapt,  enhance or  otherwise  alter the  Products or
                  their shape, appearance or technical specification; or

         ii)      gain access to,  install,  maintain or modify the  Software or
                  attempt to do so

         except  as  expressly  set out in  prior  written  instructions  of IPC
         Information Systems Inc.

9.5      Distributor's  obligations under this Clause 9 and the Software License
         in  Schedule 7 shall  survive the  expiration  or  termination  of this
         Agreement, regardless of the reason for such expiration or termination.



10       USE OF TRADE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

10.1     The Distributor undertakes that:

         10.1.1   in all respects it shall strictly  comply with IPC Information
                  Systems  Inc.'s  written  instructions  concerning  the use of
                  Trade  Marks on or in  connection  with the  Products,  and in
                  connection  therewith the Distributor shall not display or use
                  the  Trade  Marks in any  manner  without  the  prior  written
                  approval of IPC Information Systems Inc.;

         10.1.2   it shall not  without IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.'s  prior
                  written  agreement,  use  any  other  trade  marks  on  or  in
                  connection  with the Products  and shall not remove,  alter or
                  conceal any of IPC Information Systems Inc.'s Trade Marks;




<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         10.1.3   it shall not apply to the Products any other matter in writing
                  that is likely to injure the  reputation  of the Trade Mark so
                  long as any of the Trade Marks remain on the Products;

         10.1.4   it will give  notice of the  undertakings  in Clauses  10.1.1,
                  10.1.2 and 10.1.3 above to any  purchaser of the Products from
                  it and it  will  require  such  purchaser  to give  notice  in
                  writing of those undertakings to anyone to whom that purchaser
                  may supply the Products;

         10.1.5   it shall not  register or apply to register  any Trade Mark or
                  another word or device likely to be confused with them without
                  first  obtaining  prior written  approval from IPC Information
                  Systems Inc., provided however that the Distributor shall upon
                  the  request  of  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  assist  IPC
                  Information   Systems  Inc.  in  obtaining   and   maintaining
                  registrations  of  the  Trade  Marks  and in  maintaining  the
                  validity  and   enforceability  of  the  Trade  Marks  in  the
                  Territory, and in connection therewith the Distributor will at
                  the  request of IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  execute  such
                  registered user agreements or license  agreements  relating to
                  the Trade Marks in the  Territory as IPC  Information  Systems
                  Inc. may reasonably request; and

         10.1.6   Following  delivery of notice of termination of this Agreement
                  it shall cease using any of the Trade Marks save as  permitted
                  in Clause 10.2 below.

10.2     Following  delivery of notice of  termination of this Agreement and for
         such  period  as the  Distributor  is  permitted  by the  terms of this
         Agreement to complete the  distribution  of any stock of Products  then
         held by it:

         10.2.1   subject  to all the terms of this  Agreement  the  Distributor
                  shall be permitted to continue to use on or in connection with
                  the  Product  those  Trade  Marks  applied by IPC  Information
                  Systems Inc. to the Products; and

         10.2.2   the  Distributor  shall  cease all other use of the  corporate
                  mark and logo of IPC Information Systems Inc. or any IPC Group
                  Company and shall cease immediately to represent that it is an
                  authorised distributor of IPC Information Systems Inc. or make
                  any similar representation.

11       INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS INDEMNITY

11.1     IPC  Information  Systems Inc.  shall,  to the extent  provided in this
         Clause 11, indemnify the Distributor against all claims and proceedings
         arising from infringement (or alleged infringement) of any Intellectual
         Property  Rights  enforceable  in the Territory or the United States of
         America arising in connection with the  distribution of the Products by
         the Distributor in accordance  with this  Agreement.  As a condition of
         this indemnity the Distributor shall:

         i)       notify IPC Information Systems Inc. promptly in writing of any
                  allegation of infringement;

         ii)      make no admission relating to the infringement; and

         iii)     allow IPC Information Systems Inc. to conduct all negotiations
                  and  proceedings  and give IPC  Information  Systems  Inc. all
                  reasonable assistance.

11.2     If at any time any allegation of infringement of such patent, design or
         copyright is made, IPC Information  Systems Inc. will to whatever limit
         is practicable at its own expense (i) procure for the  Distributor  the
         right to continue its activities under this Agreement,  (ii) modify the
         Products so as to avoid the infringement, or (iii) replace the Products
         with  non-infringing  goods  provided  that  any such  modification  or
         replacement  does not adversely  affect the Products'  performance in a
         material respect.

11.3     The indemnity  referred to above will not apply to any  infringement or
         alleged infringement:




<PAGE>
                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         i)       occasioned by the  Distributor's  or its customers' use of any
                  of the  Products  or any  part  thereof  in  combination  with
                  equipment  and/or  software  not  supplied by IPC  Information
                  Systems Inc. for use with such Products, or

         ii)      caused or  contributed to by any  specification  issued by the
                  Distributor or its customer; or

         iii)     caused  or  contributed  to by  any  act  or  omission  of the
                  Distributor or its customer.

         The  Distributor  shall  indemnify  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  in
         proportion  to the relative  causation by the  Distributor  against all
         claims and  proceedings  arising  from any  infringements  incurred  in
         connection the matters described in this Clause 11.3.

11.4     The indemnity  referred to in Clause 11.1 above shall be subject to the
         extent of the indemnity  being limited to one million  ($1,000,000)  US
         Dollars in respect of all  settlements or claims and proceedings in any
         period of twelve (12) calendar months.

11.5     The indemnity  referred to in Clause 11.1 above states IPC  Information
         Systems  Inc.'s  entire  liability  in respect of any  infringement  or
         alleged infringement of third party intellectual property rights and is
         in lieu of and replaces all other warranties in that respect  including
         implied warranties.

12       TERMINATION/EXPIRATION

12.1     Either party shall have the right by giving  thirty (30) days'  written
         notice to the other to terminate this Agreement  forthwith if the other
         party commits:

         12.1.1   a material or persistent  breach of any term of this Agreement
                  and (if that breach is capable of remedy) fails to remedy such
                  a breach  within thirty (30) days or such longer period as the
                  parties may mutually agree; or

         12.1.2   any act of bankruptcy or compounds  with its  creditors;  or a
                  petition or receiving order in bankruptcy is presented or made
                  against the other party;  or a petition for an  administration
                  order is  presented  in  relation  to the  other  party;  or a
                  resolution or petition to wind up the other party is passed or
                  presented  (otherwise than for reconstruction or amalgamation)
                  or a receiver or administrative  receiver is appointed (or the
                  equivalent in all cases of any such event in the  jurisdiction
                  of such other party); or

         12.1.3   if a force  majeure event as described in Clause 14 shall have
                  occurred and shall  persist for a  continuous  period of three
                  months or for periods  aggregating three months or more in any
                  six month period.

12.2     IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  shall  also  have the  right by giving
         written  notice to the  Distributor  to terminate this Agreement in the
         circumstances detailed elsewhere in this Agreement forthwith and if:

         12.2.1   there  is an  actual  or  threatened  material  change  in the
                  ownership or control of the Distributor,  or a material change
                  in its assets or transfer of a material  portion of its assets
                  or business; or

         12.2.3   the Distributor  shall cease to function as a going concern or
                  to conduct its  operation in the  ordinary  course of business
                  either generally or in any part of the Territory; or

         12.2.4   the  Distributor  shall or shall  threaten or attempt to sell,
                  assign,  delegate or transfer any part of its rights or duties
                  under this Agreement  without the prior written consent of IPC
                  Information Systems Inc.; or

         12.2.5   there is any breach or threatened  breach of Clauses 9, 10, 13
                  or the Software License.

12.3     The expiry or termination of this Agreement shall be without  prejudice
         to the rights of the  parties  accrued up to the date of such expiry or
         termination or to the survival of those rights and obligations



<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL

         of the parties which are by their nature  intended to survive expiry or
         termination of this Agreement.  The Distributor  agrees that regardless
         of the  reason  for  termination  of this  Agreement,  it shall  not be
         entitled, upon termination or expiration, to payment or compensation of
         any kind upon such  termination  or expiration  for (i)  Distributor' s
         prior efforts in promoting or creating goodwill for the Products or IPC
         Information  Systems Inc.; (ii) any of Distributor' s costs incurred in
         the  performance of this Agreement;  (iii) any of Distributor,  s costs
         incurred as a result of  termination;  or (iv)any loss of profit and/or
         potential profit caused by such termination.

12.4     Upon expiry or termination of this Agreement:

         12.4.1   the Distributor  shall discontinue using any of the Trademarks
                  or other intellectual  property rights relating to the Product
                  and  shall  cease to  distribute  or  otherwise  deal with the
                  Product  and  shall  not  represent  that it is an  authorised
                  distributor of IPC Information Systems Inc.; and

         12.4.2   the Distributor shall,  within seven (7) days after the Notice
                  Date and at IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.'s  option,  either
                  return  or  destroy   all   Software,   documents,   technical
                  information  and any other data  including  any copies made of
                  the same (other than standard correspondence,  letters and the
                  like)  which  have  been  supplied  to it by  IPC  Information
                  Systems  Inc.  and are  still in its  possession  or under its
                  control;  provided  that  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  may
                  authorise the Distributor to retain any  information  which is
                  essential  for  the  sale  of  unsold  stock  not  repurchased
                  pursuant to Clause 12.5 below.  An officer of the  Distributor
                  shall, within the said seven (7) days, furnish IPC Information
                  Systems  Inc.   with  a   certificate   certifying   that  the
                  Distributor  has complied with its  obligations in this Clause
                  12.4.2;

         12.4.3   all orders for Products not already delivered as of the Notice
                  Date shall at the option of IPC  Information  Systems  Inc. be
                  canceled;

         12.4.4   all  outstanding  unpaid  invoices in respect of the  Products
                  shall  become  immediately  due and  payable  as of the Notice
                  Date; and

         12.4.5   the  Distributor  shall  execute  and  deliver as  promptly as
                  practicable following the Notice Date all documents reasonably
                  required by IPC  Information  Systems Inc. to  accomplish  and
                  evidence complete termination of this Agreement.

12.5     Within  seven (7) calendar  days after the Notice Date the  Distributor
         shall deliver to IPC Information Systems Inc.:

         (i)      a complete  list of the  customers  of all  Products and their
                  addresses, contact personnel and contact information;

         (ii)     a  complete  list  of IPC  Products,  spare  parts  and  other
                  associated  inventory  which are in the  Distributor's  stock,
                  including the part number,  description of the item,  quantity
                  held,  dates of purchase and "landed  cost"  (i.e.,  net price
                  paid by the Distributor together with transportation costs and
                  customs duties paid by the  Distributor  in respect  thereof),
                  which list shall  separately list and identify unused and used
                  inventory; and

         (iii)    complete  copies of all  executory  contracts  relating to the
                  sale,  installation  or service of IPC Products,  i.e.,  those
                  that have not been fully  performed  and  completed  as of the
                  Notice Date.

12.6     IPC Information  Systems Inc. shall,  within thirty (30) days after the
         Distributor delivers the information described in Clause 12.5, have the
         option  to  repurchase  some or all of the  Products  in  Distributor's
         inventory.  For  Products  that  can be  sold as new  merchandise,  the
         repurchase  price shall be based upon the " landed cost" . For Products
         that cannot be sold as new  merchandise,  the repurchase price shall be
         agreed  upon  by  the   parties.   IPC   Information   Systems   Inc.'s
         determination with respect to classification of Products as "new" shall
         be  final.   Distributor   agrees  to  deliver  such  Products  to  IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  to  such  destination  designation  by  IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  within ten (10) days after IPC  Information
         Systems Inc. has given Distributor notice



<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         of its exercise of such option,  and the price therein  specified shall
         be paid, at IPC Formation  Systems Inc.,  sole option,  in cash or as a
         credit  against  any  indebtedness  then  owing by  Distributor  to IPC
         Information Systems Inc. within ten (10) days after such delivery.

12.7     Within thirty (30) days after the Distributor  delivers the information
         described in Clause 12.5, the  Distributor  shall,  at IPC  Information
         Systems  Inc.'s  request and sole  discretion,  use its best efforts to
         effect an assignment or novation to IPC Information  Systems Inc. or to
         a person or persons designated by IPC Information  Systems Inc. such of
         Distributor's  then  existing and executory  quotations,  proposals and
         contracts relating to the sale,  installation or service of Products as
         specified by IPC  Information  Systems Inc. in a written  notice to the
         Distributor.  In order  to  facilitate  such  assignment  or  novation,
         Distributor  shall cause its contracts  with its Customers to contain a
         provision   permitting  the  assignment  or  novation  thereof  to  IPC
         Information Systems Inc. or to IPC Information Systems Inc.' s designee
         upon  termination  or expiration  of this  Agreement.  IPC  Information
         Systems Inc. and the  Distributor  shall deliver a joint notice of such
         assignment/nova/ion  to all such  customers  in a form  prepared by IPC
         Information   Systems  Inc.,  and  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  and
         Distributor  shall enter into any formal deeds or agreements  deemed by
         IPC  formation  Systems Inc. to be necessary or  appropriate  to effect
         such  assignment/nova/ion.  Where  there  are  either  pre-payments  or
         amounts owing in respect of such executory  contracts,  IPC Information
         Systems Inc. and the Distributor  shall make a financial  settlement at
         the time of assignment/nova/ion.

12.8     In the event IPC Information  Systems Inc.  exercises its options under
         Clauses 12.6 and/or 12.7, the sales, assignments/novations and payments
         shall occur on a date  designated  by IPC  Information  Systems Inc. as
         promptly as  practicable  after  Distributor's  compliance  with Clause
         12.5, and the Agreement shall be deemed  terminated from and after that
         date.

13.      CONFIDENTIALITY

13.1     The parties agree to keep  confidential  any  Confidential  Information
         supplied or disclosed  to them by the other party or whenever  obtained
         under  or in  connection  with  this  Agreement  and  shall  not use or
         disclose such information or any part of it to any person without prior
         written consent.

13.2     The Distributor agrees to use any Confidential  Information supplied or
         disclosed to it by IPC Information  Systems Inc. solely for the purpose
         of the promotion and distribution of the Products.

13.3     In particular, the Distributor acknowledges that:

         i)       the Software,

         ii)      the ideas,  principles  and  algorithms  which underlie or are
                  contained  within the Software  and  including  any  interface
                  information or information required for interoperability and,

         iii)     the  operating  manuals  or  other  associated   documentation
                  supplied with the Products

         are all  Confidential  Information  and valuable  trade  secrets of IPC
         Information Systems Inc. and its licensors.

13.4     The  restrictions  in this  Clause 13 shall  not  apply to  information
         which:

         13.4.1   is in the  public  domain  otherwise  than by  breach  of this
                  Agreement;

         13.4.2   was  previously in the  possession of the receiving  party and
                  which  was  not  acquired  directly  or  indirectly  from  the
                  disclosing party;

         13.4.3   is  lawfully  obtained  from a  third  party  who is  free  to
                  disclose the same; or

         13.4.4   the receiving party is obliged by a court order to disclose.




<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


13.5     Where  disclosure of  information  to a third party  (including but not
         limited  to the  Distributor's  customers,  employees  and  agents)  is
         necessary for the  performance by the  Distributor  of its  obligations
         hereunder, the Distributor shall, prior to any such disclosure, procure
         that such persons are bound by the provisions of this Clause 13 and, if
         requested by IPC  Information  Systems Inc.,  shall obtain duly binding
         undertakings  from such  persons in favour of IPC  Information  Systems
         Inc.
         to this effect.

13.6     If the Distributor  becomes aware of any breach of confidence by any of
         its customers,  employees,  and agents,  it shall  promptly  notify IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  and give IPC  Information  Systems Inc. all
         reasonable   assistance  in  connection   with  any   proceedings   IPC
         Information Systems Inc. may institute against any such persons.

13.7     Distributor  acknowledges  that any breach or threatened breach of this
         Clause 13 may result in  irreparable  harm to IPC  Information  Systems
         Inc.  In that  event,  the  Distributor  agrees that in addition to all
         other remedies  provided by law, LPC Information  Systems Inc. shall be
         entitled  to both  temporary  and  permanent  injunctions  and  further
         equitable  relief as may be available to prevent a breach or threatened
         breach of this provision.

13.8     The obligations of the parties  contained in this Clause shall continue
         in force  for a period  of five (5)  years  from the date of  expiry or
         termination of this Agreement.

14       FORCE MAJEURE

14.1     Neither Party shall be liable for any breach of this  Agreement  (other
         than the failure to pay money  amounts  owing) due to any cause  beyond
         its  reasonable  control  including  but not  limited  to:  Act of God,
         insurrection  or  civil  disorder,  war  (whether  declared  or not) or
         military operations,  national or local emergency, acts or omissions of
         government,   highway  authority  or  other  competent  authority,  its
         compliance  with any  statutory  obligation  or an  obligation  under a
         statute,  industrial  disputes of any kind  (whether  or not  involving
         either  party's  employees),   fire,   lightning,   explosion,   flood,
         subsidence,  weather of  exceptional  severity,  acts or  omissions  of
         persons  for  whom  neither  Party  is   responsible   (including,   in
         particular, telecommunication service providers).

14.2     If  either  Party  is  affected  by a  Force  Majeure  event,  it  will
         immediately  notify the other Party and shall take all reasonable steps
         to alleviate the effects of such event.

15.      DISTRIBUTOR'S INDEMNITY

15.1     Because  IPC   Information   Systems  Inc.  will  have  no  contractual
         relationship  with any  customers  to whom the  Distributor  sells  the
         Products, the Distributor  undertakes to make appropriate  arrangements
         with such  customers to ensure that the provisions of Clauses 9, 10, 11
         and 13 have effect as between the  Distributor and its customers and to
         use its best endeavours to ensure that any such terms are enforced. The
         Distributor  agrees to indemnify IPC Information  Systems Inc.  against
         all loss and damage  resulting from the failure of any such customer to
         observe any of these requirements.

15.2     The Distributor hereby agrees to indemnify IPC Information Systems Inc.
         against all costs, claims,  demands,  actions and proceedings which may
         be brought  against  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc. by any third party
         (other  than  such  as  may  relate  to (i)  an  Intellectual  Property
         infringement  to which Clause 11 applies or (ii) any liability  assumed
         by IPC  Information  Systems Inc. in accordance with Clause 16) arising
         out of or in connection  with the  performance  or  non-performance  by
         Distribution of its obligations under this Agreement.

16       LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

16.1     IPC Information  Systems Inc. accepts  liability for its own negligence
         to the  extent  stated  in  Clause  11 and  this  Clause  16,  but  not
         otherwise.  Except  where  expressly  contained in this  Agreement  IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  has no  obligation  duty  or  liability  in
         contract, tort (including negligence) or otherwise.




<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


16.2     IPC Information Systems Inc. does not exclude or restrict liability for
         death or personal injury resulting from its own negligence.

16.3     In any event IPC Information Systems Inc.'s liability in contract, tort
         (including  negligence)  or  otherwise  arising  by  reason  of  or  in
         connection with this Agreement or howsoever  otherwise shall be limited
         to two million US Dollars ($2,000,000).

16.4     In any event in no circumstances  shall IPC Information Systems Inc. be
         liable in contract,  tort (including  negligence) or otherwise for loss
         (whether  direct or  indirect)  of  profits,  business  or  anticipated
         savings, or for any indirect or consequential loss or damage whatever.

16.5     Each  provision  of this  Clause 16 is to be  construed  as a  separate
         limitation  applying and surviving  even if for any reason one or other
         of the said  provisions is  inapplicable  or held  unreasonable  in any
         circumstances and shall remain in force notwithstanding

17       INSURANCE

17.1     The  Distributor  shall at its own expense effect and maintain in place
         throughout  the duration of this  Agreement  such insurance as it deems
         appropriate in respect of its obligations under this Agreement but such
         insurance which shall be on a claims occurring basis shall include as a
         minimum:

         a)       workman's   compensation   insurance   to   comply   with  the
                  requirements of any Government legislation; and,

         b)       public  liability  insurance  in respect of bodily  injury and
                  damage to property  with an  indemnity  limit of not less than
                  two million US Dollars ($2,000,000).

         The Distributor shall ensure that each  subcontractor  used in relation
         to this Agreement shall similarly effect and maintain  insurance of the
         type referred to above.

17.2     The Distributor shall at IPC Information Systems Inc.'s request provide
         evidence to IPC Information Systems Inc.'s reasonable satisfaction that
         such  insurance  has  been  obtained  and  is  in  place.   Should  IPC
         Information  Systems Inc. not be  satisfied  that such  insurance is in
         place  then  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  may  arrange  appropriate
         insurance  cover against any risk to which such failure may occur.  All
         and any premiums for such insurance shall be to the sole account of the
         Distributor.

17.3     The Distributor shall notify IPC Information Systems Inc. as soon as it
         becomes aware of any event arising in  connection  with this  Agreement
         which the  Distributor  believes  may give rise to any claim  under any
         insurance policy falling within the terms of this Clause 17.

17.4     The  provisions  of this  Clause  17 shall  not be deemed in any way to
         limit the Distributor's liability under this Agreement.

18       GENERAL

18.1     Entire Agreement

         This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties
         on the subject of the Distributor relationship and supersedes all prior
         agreements and understandings  between the parties,  whether written or
         oral, relating to the subject matter.

18.2     Invalidity

         If  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  is  found  to  be  invalid  or
         unenforceable  by a  court  having  jurisdiction  of  the  matter,  the
         invalidity or  unenforceability  of the provisions shall not affect the
         valid and enforceable  provisions of this Agreement.  The parties shall
         endeavour to replace any invalid or unenforceable  provisions in such a
         way that the new clause  shall  differ as little as  possible  from the
         scope and intention of the invalid or unenforceable provisions,  taking
         into  account  the object and the  purpose of this  Agreement.  If such
         mutual Agreement cannot be reached within sixty



<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         (60) days after such finding of invalidity or unenforceability,  either
         Party shall have the right to  terminate  the  Agreement  forthwith  on
         thirty (30) days' written notice.

18.3     Assignment

         Neither  party shall be entitled to assign or  otherwise  delegate  its
         rights and obligations  under this Agreement  without the prior written
         consent of the other party except that the Distributor  agrees that IPC
         Information   Systems  Inc.  may  assign  or  novate  such  rights  and
         obligations  to any IPC  Group  Company  or to any  company  where  IPC
         Information Systems Inc. has effective control.

18.4     Waiver

         Failure or neglect by either party to enforce any of the  provisions of
         this  Agreement  shall  not be  construed  nor  shall be deemed to be a
         waiver of such party's rights nor prejudice such party's rights to take
         subsequent action.

18.5     Authentic Text

         The text of this  Agreement  in the English  language is the  authentic
         text and any difficulties or uncertainties  in  interpretation  arising
         shall be solved solely by reference to this text.

         The notes and marginal  terms,  clause and sub-clause  headings in this
         Agreement shall not be deemed to be part thereof nor affect the meaning
         or interpretation of this Agreement.

         In the event of any  conflict  between the  Schedules  attached to this
         Agreement and the Agreement, the latter shall prevail.

18.6     Amendment

         This  Agreement  may only be  amended in  writing  duly  signed by both
         parties.  Any such  amendment  will  only  come in to force  when  both
         parties have agreed and signed a variation to this Agreement.

18.7     Notices

         Any  notice  required  to be served on one party by the other  shall be
         given by personal delivery or sent by registered  international airmail
         with postage prepaid,  recognized  international  courier  service,  or
         facsimile  transmission  to the party to be notified at the address set
         out below (or such other  address as the  addressee  shall have for the
         time being notified to the party giving notice):

         For IPC Information Systems Inc.:

         The Finance Director
         IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC.
         81 Pine Street
         New York, NY 10005
         USA
         Facsimile No.: +1 (212) 248-1520

         For the Distributor:

         The Marketing Director
         Trade Wind Marketing Ply Ltd.
         Level 27 Grosvenor Place
         225 George Street
         Sydney
         New South Wales 2000
         Australia
         Facsimile No: +61-2-9250-8890




<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL

         Any  such  notice  shall be  deemed  to be  given,  in the case of hand
         delivery or recognized  international courier service, upon receipt; in
         the case of electronic  facsimile,  upon receiving  confirmation by the
         sending machine of receipt at the designated  facsimile number,  and in
         the case of in the case of airmail, seven (7) days after dispatch.

19       APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

19.1     The  construction,  validity and performance of this Agreement shall be
         governed  in all  respects by the  substantive  law of the State of New
         York,  USA  applicable to agreements to be made and performed  therein.
         The  parties  hereby  submit to the  nonexclusive  jurisdiction  of the
         courts  of the  State  of New York and the  federal  courts  of the USA
         located therein.

19.2     Arbitration

         (a)      Any bona  fide  dispute  arising  out of or  relating  to this
                  Agreement  or the breach,  termination  or  validity  thereof,
                  which has not been  resolved  within sixty (60) days of notice
                  thereof  by the party  claiming  a  dispute,  shall be finally
                  settled  by  arbitration  conducted  in  accordance  with  the
                  International  Arbitration  Rules of the American  Arbitration
                  Association by three independent and impartial arbitrators, of
                  whom each party shall appoint one.

         (b)      The  place  of  arbitration  shall be the  State of New  York,
                  County of New York,  U.S.A.  and all  proceedings  shall be in
                  English.  The arbitration shall be governed by the substantive
                  law of the State of New York,  exclusive  of its  conflict  of
                  laws  rules,   and  the  law  applicable  to  the  arbitration
                  procedure shall be the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C.
                  Section  1 et seq.  Judgment  upon the award  rendered  by the
                  arbitrators  may be entered by any court  having  jurisdiction
                  thereof.

         (c)      The parties agree that (i) the award of the arbitrators  shall
                  be the sole and exclusive  remedy  between them  regarding any
                  claims, counterclaims, issues or accountings presented or pled
                  to the  arbitrators;  that is shall be made and shall promptly
                  be  payable  in U.S.  dollars  free of any tax,  deduction  or
                  offset;  and that any  costs,  fees,  or  taxes,  incident  to
                  enforcing the award shall, to the maximum extent  permitted by
                  law, be charged against the party resisting such  enforcement;
                  and (ii) the  procedures  specified in this Article 19.2 shall
                  be the sole and  exclusive  procedures  for the  resolution of
                  disputes  between  the  parties  arising out of or relating to
                  this  Agreement;  provided  however,  that a party  may seek a
                  preliminary  injunction,   attachments  or  other  provisional
                  judicial   relief  if  such  action  is   necessary  to  avoid
                  irreparable damage or to preserve the status quo. Despite such
                  action, the parties will continue to participate in good faith
                  in the procedures specified in this Article 19.2.

IN WITNESS  whereof the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the
date first written above.

On behalf of      :        IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC.:

Signed by         :            /s/ S.E. Phillips
                               ----------------------
Name              :        S.E. Phillips

Title:            :        MANAGING DIRECTOR ASIA/PACIFIC
                           ------------------------------


On behalf of      :        TRADE WIND MARKETING PTY LTD.
                           -----------------------------
Signed by         :             /s/ A.C. Walton
                           -----------------------------
Name              :        A.C. Walton
                           -----------------------------
Title             :        DIRECTOR
                           -----------------------------



<PAGE>


                                  CONFIDENTIAL







<PAGE>
                                  CONFIDENTIAL


                           SCHEDULE 1 TO THE AGREEMENT

                                  THE PRODUCTS

The  following is the range of Products that IPC  Information  Systems Inc. will
make  available  to the  Distributor  for  sale  in  the  Territory  under  this
Agreement.

Within the table below, items 1 to 3 inclusive are Hardware including  operating
Software and item 4 is Software.


         1.   Switches                            3.       Peripherals
Alliance 100, 200 & 300                    Cleardeal 8 channel & 4 channel
MX                                         Bridge Range of Products
                                           Nice Voice Recorders
         2.   Consoles                            4.       Software
MX Tradephone                              CTI Suite of Products
Slimline Control/Pagination Module
Classic Control/Pagination Module






<PAGE>
                                  CONFIDENTIAL


                           SCHEDULE 2 TO THE AGREEMENT

                            DISTRIBUTOR'S OBLIGATIONS


The  Distributor  undertakes to perform the following  obligations in accordance
with this  Agreement.  This listing is not  intended to be exclusive  but to set
operational  standards to be followed.  The activities detailed in this Schedule
are in  addition  to  any  other  obligations  as  detailed  elsewhere  in  this
Agreement.

A.       SALES ADMINISTRATION AND MARKETING

1.       On the first working day of each  quarter,  to provide a month by month
         forecast of prospects and orders for the subsequent six (6) months.  In
         addition to these  forecasts,  the  Distributor  shall at the same time
         supply  to IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  a  written  monthly  report
         detailing:

         -        sales  prospects  and sales  achieved/orders  received  by the
                  Distributor;   -  market   intelligence  and,  in  particular,
                  competitors activities, and market sizepenetrat ion;
         -        win/loss  sales reports  (loss  reports to include  reason for
                  loss and details of the once prospective customer);
         -        customer complaints, praise and enquiries;
         -        location  and use of any of the  Products  sold in  connection
                  with this  Agreement,  including any physical moves or changes
                  in use;
         -        the  numbers  and  nature of  repairs  and other  after  sales
                  services provided by the Distributor;
         -        inventory of stock of the Products held by the  Distributor as
                  appropriate;
         -        if applicable,  suggested Products enhancements;
         -        if  applicable,  advice  regarding  local  law,  environmental
                  conditions, safety standards, business practices and all other
                  necessary  approvals  which  might  affect  the  sales  of the
                  Products or their use  including,  but not  limited to,  those
                  approvals required for network connection of the Products;
         -        any other information  relating to the Products,  customers or
                  the  performance  of this  Agreement  which is likely to be of
                  benefit  to  either  IPC   Information   Systems   Inc.,   the
                  Distributor or their customers.

2.       To identify to IPC Information Systems Inc. at the commencement of this
         Agreement  (and  subsequently  at the start of each  twelve  (12) month
         period   subsequent  to  the  initial  twelve  month  duration  of  the
         Agreement) the respective annual sales target.

3.       To  consult  with and  obtain the prior  written  authorization  of IPC
         Information Systems Inc. in the event of any customer requirement which
         in  any  way  is not  expressly  covered  by  the  specific  terms  and
         conditions  of  this   Agreement.   IPC   Information   Systems  Inc.'s
         authorization   shall  be   obtained   prior  to  any   representation,
         undertaking  or opinion which is not  expressly  permitted by the terms
         and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  being given  either  orally or in
         writing by the Distributor to any third party or customer.

4.       To provide, upon reasonable request,  copies to IPC Information Systems
         Inc.  of bids,  quotations  and  tenders  relating  to the  Products as
         submitted by the Distributor to any potential customer.

5.       To fund visits to IPC Information Systems Inc.'s premises in the United
         States of America, or an alternative  suitable location,  for its staff
         to attend sales reviews, at least on an annual basis.

6.       To hold at the Distributor's  premises and at the Distributor's expense
         facilities  and Products,  based upon an agreed  Product  demonstration
         list,  to  demonstrate  the  operation  of the  Products  to  potential
         customers.  The Distributor,  when requested by IPC Information Systems
         Inc. or a third party,  shall  provide at the  Distributor's  expense a
         demonstration of the Products at the Distributor's premises.

7.       To nominate a named room manager who shall have specific responsibility
         for customer demonstrations and demonstration room management.




<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL

8.       As appropriate  to the market in the Territory,  to translate and print
         local language versions of all product information including literature
         describing   the  Products  as  well  as  user  guides  and  associated
         documentation. The Distributor shall do this at its own expense.

9.       To  procure  and  maintain  mobile   demonstration   equipment  at  the
         Distributor's  expense for  demonstrating  the  Products at third party
         premises or sites  should IPC  Information  Systems  Inc. or such third
         party request such a demonstration  or should IPC  Information  Systems
         Inc.  request that the Distributor  perform such a  demonstration  at a
         trade show or some other promotional event.

10.      To advertise and promote the Products at the Distributor's  expense and
         in such a manner and through such a media as shall increase the sale of
         the Products in the  Territory  provided  that the text of all proposed
         advertising   and   promotional   material  shall  be  subject  to  IPC
         Information Systems Inc.'s prior approval. The Distributor shall hold a
         marketing  budget  and  agree a  marketing  plan  for  the  sale of the
         Products with IPC Information  Systems Inc. at the commencement of this
         Agreement and  thereafter at the start of each twelve (12) month period
         following the initial twelve (12) month duration of this Agreement.

B.       SALES PRACTICE

1.       To ensure that all efforts and  resources  are applied as  necessary in
         order to exceed  the sales  targets  and  volumes  agreed  between  the
         Distributor  and  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  To  take a  flexible
         approach  to  pricing,  particularly  in the  case  of IPC  Information
         Systems Inc.'s global customers,  and reflecting the competitive nature
         of both the worldwide and local markets.

2.       To conduct sales presentations as and when requested by IPC Information
         Systems Inc. or a third party.

3.       To refrain from  establishing  or maintaining  branches or distribution
         depots for the sale of the  Products  outside the  Territory  except as
         otherwise  might be formally  agreed in writing between the Distributor
         and  IPC  Information   Systems  Inc.  separate  to  and  outside  this
         Agreement.   However,   the   Distributor   undertakes  to  notify  IPC
         Information Systems Inc. promptly of any opportunities  arising for the
         supply of the  Products - or any related  items or service - to a third
         party in any area  outside the  Territory  which is not covered by this
         Agreement.

4.       To ensure that all the sales staff of the  Distributor  involved in the
         sale of the Products are dedicated to the distribution of the Products,
         are trained to the standard required by and agreed with IPC Information
         Systems  Inc.,  consisting of  individuals  with a skill set to fit IPC
         Information   Systems  Inc.'s  current  range  of  Products  and  other
         products. Such individuals must have a sufficient  understanding of the
         English  language  and other local  languages to enable them to perform
         the Distributor's obligations hereunder.

5.       To  demonstrate  to IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  the  potential  to
         distribute additional and future products and services,  not limited to
         the Product range detailed herein.

6.       To provide IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  with local  quotations  for
         installation  activities at rates which the Distributor can demonstrate
         are competitive in the Territory.

7.       To agree with IPC Information  Systems Inc. a service plan for use with
         IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.'s  global  customers in the  Territory,
         holding  quarterly  reviews  with those  customers  and  providing  IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  with  regular  feedback  through the use of
         customer questionnaires and the like.

C.       CUSTOMER SERVICE

1.       To operate during local business hours  (08.00-17.00)  a service centre
         with a 'help  desk' to act as a  central  point of  contact  for  fault
         reporting  and to  designate  a  named  single  point  of  contact  for
         installation  and warranty  services to be provided by the Distributor.
         This help desk shall consist of an acceptable  fault  tracking  system.
         Such point of contact  and all other  installation  and  support  staff
         shall be suitably trained, qualified and experienced to ensure that all
         support services shall be



<PAGE>


                                  CONFIDENTIAL

         performed in a timely and efficient  manner to the customers'  complete
         satisfaction.  Escalation  procedures  shall  be  established  for both
         technical and  managerial  contact,  within and outside of local office
         hours.

2.       To  deliver  and  install  the  Products  on  customers'   premises  in
         accordance with standards  defined by IPC  Information  Systems Inc. To
         perform pre-agreed  acceptance tests. To provide and perform first line
         maintenance  cover  and  support  for the  Products  in order to fulfil
         warranty obligations and continuing  maintenance cover if included by a
         customer  in their  order.  The  Distributor  shall  provide  all tools
         (including  standard  computer based project  management tools, such as
         "Microsoft Project") necessary to perform these services.

3.       To provide project  management,  installation  (at pre-agreed  prices),
         and, if ordered under a separate agreement, maintenance and support for
         IPC Information Systems Inc.'s customers in the Territory.

4.       To maintain adequate levels of stock of the Products, replacement parts
         therefor  and  recommended  test  equipment as may be necessary to meet
         demand for the  Products  or as may be  prescribed  by IPC  Information
         Systems  Inc.  from time to time and as  detailed  in section D of this
         Schedule 2.

5.       To  provide  on site  customer  training,  to the  satisfaction  of IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  and all  customers,  in order to ensure the
         ability of customers to maintain and use the Products effectively.

6.       As  detailed  in Clause 3 of this  Agreement,  to obtain all  necessary
         Licenses  in the name of IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  to the extent
         possible, and if any are obtained in the name of the Distributor,  they
         shall be  transferred to IPC  Information  Systems Inc. if permitted by
         local law upon termination or expiry of this Agreement .

7.       To  maintain  in a format  advised by IPC  Information  Systems  Inc. a
         record of faulty parts and their  replacements  (whether replaced under
         warranty  or  maintenance  provisions)  supplied to and  returned  from
         customers  and to  supply  a copy of  this  record  to IPC  Information
         Systems Inc. with the monthly report previously  referred to in Section
         Al above.

8.       To conduct site and room surveys and produce comprehensive reports room
         plans and project plans as may be required by IPC  Information  Systems
         Inc.  at the time of  receiving  the  Distributor's  Purchase  Order or
         thereafter.

9.       To process and subsequently  project manage customer  orders,  Purchase
         Orders placed by the Distributor in relation to this Agreement and this
         Agreement  itself in order to ensure  both  customer  satisfaction  and
         compliance  with the terms,  conditions and Schedules of this Agreement
         and any related order.

10.      To promptly  bring to IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.'s  attention  any
         claims  or   lawsuits   (actual  or   potential)   which  come  to  the
         Distributor's  attention  which concern  alleged  infringements  of any
         improper or wrongful use of IPC Information Systems Inc.'s intellectual
         property rights or other  intellectual  property rights used in respect
         of the Products.

11.      To ensure that the environmental  conditions at the customer's premises
         where  the  Products  are to be kept are in  accordance  with  those as
         detailed  in any  manuals  and user  guides as may be  provided  by IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  or as  otherwise  advised in writing by IPC
         Information Systems Inc.

12.      To  nominate  and  make  available  a  sufficient  number  of  suitably
         qualified  and   experienced   personnel  for  attendance  on  the  IPC
         Information  Systems Inc. training courses,  detailed in Schedule 5, to
         enable the Distributor to fulfil its  obligations  under this Agreement
         for  installation,   maintenance  and  support  for  customers  in  the
         Territory.  The  Distributor is to ensure  thereafter  that an adequate
         number of fully  trained  personnel  are  available  at any one time to
         perform the Services to meet customer demand.

13.      To carry out all  Software and other  Product  upgrades as requested by
         IPC Information Systems Inc.




<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


14.      To obtain  acceptance  certificates  from all  customers  and  promptly
         provide IPC Information Systems Inc. with a copy of the same.

D.       SPARES HOLDING

1.       IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  shall  recommend   appropriate  spares
         holdings  that the  Distributor  will be required to procure to support
         customers on a case by case basis at the time the  configured  Products
         are defined and the quotation  submitted to the  Distributor  for those
         Products.

2.       Spares can be purchased from IPC  Information  Systems Inc. at the then
         current  Distributor list price which is issued separately.  Orders for
         spare and  replacement  parts shall be subject to a minimum order value
         of $500.

         Repair Costs

3.       Faulty  parts not covered  under the terms of IPC  Information  Systems
         Inc.'s  warranty  that  are to be  repaired  under  the  repair  return
         procedure  described in Schedule 6 (section B) to this Agreement  shall
         be repaired by IPC Information  Systems Inc. at the then current repair
         price list.

4.       Subsequent to the warranty  period the  distributor is to pay to IPC 2%
         of the CIF  figure  for all goods  provided  to the  distributor.  This
         figure is to be  pro-rated in 4 quarters for systems in warranty and is
         payable on the 1st October annually.





<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL

                           SCHEDULE 3 TO THE AGREEMENT

                   IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC.'S OBLIGATIONS

Subject to and in accordance with this Agreement,  IPC Information  Systems Inc.
shall  perform  those  obligations  as  detailed  below  as well  as such  other
obligations of IPC  Information  Systems Inc. as detailed  within this Agreement
where the same are not mentioned below.

A.       SALES ADMINISTRATION AND MARKETING

1.       To provide agreed quotations as reasonably requested by the Distributor
         and subject to  acceptance of Purchase  Orders to supply  quantities of
         the  Products,  at the  quoted  valid  Prices.  To use  its  reasonable
         endeavours,  where applicable, to provide market entry pricing, if such
         is a new Territory from IPC Information  Systems Inc.'s perspective and
         to provide the Distributor  with packaged pricing models where such are
         developed  by IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  Prices will  normally be
         provided  in US Dollars - if IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  agrees to
         provide  Prices  in  other  currencies  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.
         reserves  the  right to  revise  the same to  reflect  fluctuations  in
         relevant exchange rates.

2.       To supply to the  Distributor,  at valid quoted  Prices,  the volume of
         spare and  replacement  parts of the  Products as the  Distributor  may
         order  necessary  to  meet  the  service  needs  of  the  Distributor's
         customers in the Territory, such volume being previously agreed between
         the Distributor and IPC Information Systems Inc.

3.       To agree with the  Distributor  an annual  marketing  plan which  shall
         contain  relevant  details  of joint  strategy  and  details  of agreed
         actions  to be  performed  by the  Parties  during  the  course  of the
         following twelve (12) month period.

4.       To provide  Product  brochures,  news of Product updates and results of
         relevant  market  surveys (if any) as may apply to the  Territory.  IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  shall also assist the  Distributor,  to the
         extent  it is  reasonably  able  to do,  with  the  development  of the
         Distributor's own market communication plans.

5.       To share sales  information  from other  territories to the extent that
         the same are relevant to the Territory to support  local sales,  to use
         its   reasonable   endeavours  to  leverage  local  business  from  IPC
         Information  Systems Inc.'s global customers as might be present in the
         Territory and to visit the Territory  from time to time to  participate
         in sales  review  meetings and to assist with  specific and  pre-agreed
         major sales.

6        At IPC Information  Systems Inc.'s  discretion and subject to a minimum
         of two (2) working days notice, to provide  specialist sales support in
         the  Territory  upon  the  request  of  the   Distributor  and  at  the
         Distributor's  expense.  Such expense to the Distributor shall comprise
         the travel, accommodation and subsistence costs of any specialist staff
         provided by IPC Information Systems Inc. to render such support and any
         additional materials provided.

7.       Where IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  determines  that  assistance  is
         reasonably  required by the Distributor  with (i) the  installation and
         commissioning  of the Products at the first two (2)  customer  sites in
         the Territory;  (ii) the installation and commissioning of new products
         or significant changes made to the Products; or (iii) subsequent to (i)
         and (ii),  then IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  shall,  subject to the
         Distributor paying IPC Information  Systems Inc. its quoted charges for
         the  provision of such  assistance,  use its  reasonable  endeavours to
         provide such assistance.

8.       Where a customer  requires  provision of IPC  Information  Systems Inc.
         involvement  in  training  and  such  has  been   pre-agreed  with  IPC
         Information  Systems Inc.,  IPC  Information  Systems Inc. will use its
         reasonable  endeavours to assist,  subject to the customer  agreeing in
         writing to paying IPC Information Systems Inc.'s charges for the same.

9.       To  provide,  at the  Distributor's  request  and  expense,  any of the
         Products  for trials at a customer's  premises for a minimum  period of
         three (3) months. Such an arrangement shall be subject to IPC




<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         Information  Systems Inc.'s agreement on a case by case basis and shall
         not constitute a sale for the purposes of  establishing  whether agreed
         volumes of sales have been achieved.

B.       SUPPORT

1.       To provide a  third-line  support  help desk which can be called by the
         Distributor  during normal  office hours as follows:  08.30 to 17.00 US
         time Monday to Friday,  excluding  public and bank  holidays.  Priority
         levels  of  reported  faults  shall be  determined  by IPC  Information
         Systems Inc. according to the following:

         Emergency                  -       service critical
         High                       -       service affecting
         Medium                     -       non-service affecting
         Enquiry                    -

Between the hours of 08.30 - 17.00 US time Monday to Friday  excluding US public
holidays the IPC Information Systems Inc. help desk can be contacted on:

         Tel:     +1 (203) 339-7189

Outside these hours a voicebank  facility is available.  The Distributor  should
leave a message giving the person's name,  Distributor's name, telephone number,
customer's  name and a brief  description of the problem.  The on-call  engineer
will be paged and will respond as soon as reasonably possible.

Between the hours of 17.00 - 08.30 US time Monday to Friday and all day Saturday
and Sunday the IPC Information Systems Inc. voicebank can be contacted on:

         Tel:     +1 (203) 339-7189

All times  quoted  are US  Eastern  Standard  Time.  The  Distributor  must make
allowance  for  changing  to US  Eastern  Daylight  Savings  Time and any  local
deviations.

2.       To provide agreed  training at IPC  Information  Systems Inc.'s expense
         and at a  place  nominated  by IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.,  to key
         technical  and  sales  personnel  of the  Distributor  as  detailed  in
         Schedule 5.

3.       To  provide  the   Distributor   with  such   quantities  of  technical
         information  written in the English language as IPC Information Systems
         Inc.  determines is necessary to enable the  Distributor to promote and
         support sales of the Products in the Territory.

4.       To  provide   advice  in  regards  to  room   configuration   and  site
         requirements.






<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


                           SCHEDULE 4 TO THE AGREEMENT

                IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC.'S CONDITIONS OF SALE

The following are IPC Information  Systems Inc.'s Standard  Conditions as of the
date of signature of this Agreement.  IPC Information  Systems Inc. reserves the
right to amend these without prior notice.





<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


Conditions for the Export Sale of Equipment

1.       Definitions and Application

"IPC Information Systems Inc."      means IPC Information Systems Inc.

"Contract"                          means these conditions.

"Customer"                          means Trade Wind Marketing Pty Ltd.

"Equipment"                         means the  things  sold or  supplied  by IPC
                                    Information  Systems  Inc.  to the  Customer
                                    under  the   Contract   and   includes   any
                                    software.

"IPC                                Group   Company"  means  any  company  which
                                    directly  or   indirectly   controls  or  is
                                    controlled by IPC Information Systems, Inc.,
                                    whether  through the holding or  controlling
                                    of a majority  of the  voting  rights or the
                                    right to appoint or remove a majority of the
                                    board of directors, or otherwise.

2.       Content of Contract

2.1      No  variation of these  Conditions  will have effect  unless  agreed in
         writing  by IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  and  the  Customer.  These
         Conditions  will  not be  varied  or  replaced  by any  contract  terms
         proposed by the Customer.

2.2      No employee of IPC Information Systems Inc. or its agents has authority
         to make any  warranty,  statement or promise  concerning  the Equipment
         except  in  writing  signed  by  a  duly  authorised  employee  of  IPC
         Information Systems Inc.

2.3      Except  where the Customer  relies on IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.'s
         written advice,  it is the Customer's  responsibility to satisfy itself
         as to the suitability of the Equipment for its needs.

2.4      IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  may  make  minor  alterations  to  the
         specification  of the  Equipment  which do not affect  the  Equipment's
         performance.

3.       Consents: Installing The Equipment; Access; Use Of Agent

3.1      This paragraph 3 applies only if the Customer requires  installation of
         the Equipment.

3.2      The  Customer  will  at  its  own  expense,   and  in  advance  of  any
         installation work:

(a)      obtain  all  necessary  consents  for the  installation  and use of the
         Equipment,   including  consents  for  any  necessary   alterations  to
         buildings;
(b)      ensure that any floor loading limits will not be exceeded;
(c)      provide  suitable  accommodation,  foundations  and environment for the
         Equipment; including all necessary bunking, conduits and cable trays;
(d)      provide  electric  power  needed by IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  in
         installing, testing and maintaining the Equipment;
(e)      provide a suitable and safe  working  environment  for IPC  Information
         Systems Inc. personnel and those of its agents;
(f)      take up or remove,  in time to allow IPC  Information  Systems  Inc. to
         carry out  installation,  any fitted or fixed floor coverings,  ceiling
         tiles,   suspended   ceilings  and  partition  covers,  and  carry  out
         afterwards any making good or decorator's work required.

3.3      Employees of IPC  Information  Systems Inc. will observe the Customer's
         reasonable  site  regulations  previously  advised  in  writing  to IPC
         Information Systems Inc. In the event of any conflict between such site
         regulations and these Conditions the latter will prevail.

3.4      The  Customer  will  provide  IPC  Information   Systems  Inc.  at  all
         reasonable times with full and convenient  access to the Customer's and
         other premises for the purposes of carrying out IPC



<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL

         Information  Systems  Inc.'s  obligations  under  this  Contract.   IPC
         Information  Systems Inc. will normally carry out work during its usual
         working  hours but may, on reasonable  notice,  require the Customer to
         provide  access  at  other  times.   At  the  Customer's   request  IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  may agree,  exceptionally,  to work outside
         usual  working  hours;  the Customer will pay IPC  Information  Systems
         Inc.'s reasonable charges for complying with such request.

3.5      At its discretion IPC  Information  Systems Inc. may employ an agent or
         agents to fulfil its obligations in relation to installation.

4.       Connection to Network

         Installation  of the  Equipment  under this  Contract  does not include
         connection to a telecommunications  network.  Where the Equipment is to
         be  connected  to a  telecommunications  network or circuit  run by IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  or a  third  party,  it is  the  Customer's
         responsibility  to arrange for such  connection  to be made, to pay any
         connection  charge  and to  comply  with  any  conditions  relating  to
         connection.

5.       Delivery and Acceptance

5.1      IPC  Information  Systems Inc. will deliver the Equipment CIP Incoterms
         1990 Edition.

5.2      Where the  Equipment  is to be delivered or ready for service by a date
         specified by the Customer or by IPC Information Systems Inc., such date
         is to be treated as an estimate only and IPC  Information  Systems Inc.
         will not have any  liability  to the  Customer for failure to meet that
         date.

5.3      If IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  is  delayed  in or  prevented  from
         delivering or  installing  the  Equipment by any date  specified  under
         paragraph  5.2 due to any delay or default on the part of the Customer,
         IPC Information Systems Inc. may (in addition to any other remedies) on
         written notice to the Customer,  add to the Contract price a reasonable
         sum in respect of any additional costs it incurs.

5.4      Where  the  Equipment  is  installed  under  this  Contract,   but  not
         otherwise,  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  will  carry  out any tests
         necessary to ensure that the Equipment is in working order.  Acceptance
         of the Equipment by the Customer will take place on the Acceptance Date
         which will be the earlier of:

         (a)      the date  when  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  notifies  the
                  Customer  that the  Equipment  has been made  available to the
                  Customer; or

         (b)      the date when the Customer begins to use the Equipment.

5.5      Minor faults which do not affect the Equipment's  performance  will not
         prevent the  Equipment  from being  accepted by the  Customer,  but IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  will  remedy  such  minor  faults  within a
         reasonable time.

6.       Ownership and Risk

6.1      The risk of loss or damage to the  Equipment  will pass to the Customer
         at the time and point  defined  in  Incoterms  1990,  as  specified  in
         paragraph 5.1.

6.2      Ownership of the  Equipment,  excluding any software,  will pass to the
         Customer on payment of the Contract  price in full. At all times before
         payment in full:

         (a)      the Equipment will stand in the  Customer's  books in the name
                  of IPC Information Systems Inc.;

         (b)      the  Customer  will take  appropriate  steps to  notify  third
                  parties of IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.'s  interest  in the
                  Equipment.




<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


6.3      In the event of threatened seizure of the Equipment,  or of appointment
         of  a  receiver  or  liquidator,  or  any  other  event  entitling  IPC
         Information  Systems Inc. to terminate this Contract under paragraph 13
         the Customer will immediately  notify IPC Information  Systems Inc. and
         IPC  Information  Systems Inc. will be entitled to enter the Customer's
         premises and repossess the Equipment.

7.       Limited Warranty

7.1      Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 7, IPC Information  Systems
         Inc. warrants that each item of Equipment purchased by Distributor will
         conform to its written  specifications and will be free from defects in
         materials  and  workmanship  for a period of twelve (12) months (or any
         other period notified to the Customer by IPC Information  Systems Inc.)
         from the Acceptance  Date (the "Warranty  Period").  If IPC Information
         Systems  Inc.  is  notified  of a warranty  claim  during the  Warranty
         Period,  IPC  Information  Systems Inc. will replace or (at its option)
         repair the faulty part free of charge, provided that:

         (a)      the Equipment has been properly kept, installed,  tested, used
                  and maintained in strict accordance with the manufacturer's or
                  IPC Information Systems Inc.'s  instructions,  if any, and has
                  not been modified except with IPC  Information  Systems Inc.'s
                  prior written consent;

         (b)      the  fault  is not  due to  damage  (including  lightning  and
                  electrical  damage),  interference  with or maintenance of the
                  Equipment by persons other than IPC  Information  Systems Inc.
                  or its agents;

         (c)      the fault is not due to a fault in a design  or  configuration
                  provided by the Customer.

7.2      This warranty does not cover fair wear and tear.

7.3      In the case of Equipment capable of being removed by the Customer,  the
         Customer will be required to return faulty Equipment to IPC Information
         Systems Inc. freight prepaid. IPC Information Systems Inc. will replace
         or repair the faulty  Equipment  and send back it back to the  Customer
         freight prepaid.

7.4      IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  does not  warrant  that  any  software
         supplied under this Contract will be free of all faults or that its use
         will be  uninterrupted,  but IPC  Information  Systems Inc. will remedy
         defects  which  significantly  impair  performance  within a reasonable
         time.

7.5      At its discretion IPC  Information  Systems Inc. may employ an agent or
         agents to fulfil its obligations under this guarantee.

7.6      IPC Information Systems Inc. may make a reasonable charge in respect of
         any  visit  or  attempt,  at the  Customer's  request,  to  repair  the
         Equipment  where either no fault is found to exist, or the fault is not
         covered by this warranty.

7.7      THE FOREGOING  WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER  WARRANTIES  EXPRESS OR
         IMPLIED,  INCLUDING  BUT  NOT  LIMITED  TO ANY  IMPLIED  WARRANTIES  OF
         MERCHANTABILITY  OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  PURPOSE.  IPC INFORMATION
         SYSTEMS INC. ' S SOLE OBLIGATION AND  DISTRIBUTOR'S  SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
         REMEDY FOR A BREACH OF THIS  AGREEMENT OR OF ANY WARRANTY  GRANTED HERE
         UNDER  SHALL,  AT IPC  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  INC.  ' S SOLE  OPTION AND
         EXPENSE,  BE LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR  REPLACEMENT  OF THE DEFECTIVE OR
         NON-CONFORMING PRODUCT. NO AGENT OR EMPLOYEE OF IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS
         INC. IS AUTHORIZED TO EXTEND ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY BEYOND THAT
         EXPRESSLY  PROVIDED  HEREIN.  THIS  WARRANTY  SHALL BE  SUBJECT  TO IPC
         INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  INC. ' S  CONFIRMATION  OF THE ALLEGED  DEFECT OR
         NON-CONFORMITY  AND DOES NOT INCLUDE AND IPC  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS INC.
         DISCLAIMS ANY  LIABILITY  FOR ANY LABOR OR PARTS  REQUIRED TO REPAIR OR
         REPLACE ANY PART OR  COMPONENT OF A PRODUCT OR SYSTEM IF SUCH REPAIR OR
         REPLACEMENT  IS REQUIRED  AS A RESULT OF ANY FORCE  MAJEURE  EVENT,  OR
         ATTACHMENT, ALTERATION, MISUSE, TAMPERING, ACCIDENT, OR ABUSE OF THE



<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         PRODUCTS BY DISTRIBUTOR, CUSTOMER OR ANY THIRD PARTY. ANY SUCH EVENT
         OR ACTION SHALL VOID IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC.'S WARRANTY GRANTED
         HEREUNDER.

7.8      Distributor  shall be  responsible  for that portion of any warranty it
         grants to any Customer  without IPC  Information  Systems Inc.' s prior
         written  approval  which  exceeds,  whether  in time or in scope,  that
         provided to Distributor by IPC Information Systems Inc. under the terms
         of this  Agreement.  Distributor  shall indemnify and hold harmless IPC
         Information Systems Inc. for any and all losses, damages,  expenses and
         costs,  including  attorneys'  fees,  which arise from or relate to any
         claims,  actions or proceedings  brought by or threatened to be brought
         by any Customer in connection with such extended warranties.

8.       Software and Documentation

                  [NOTE: THESE PROVISIONS ARE SUBJECT TO REVISION]

8.1      This  paragraph 8 does not apply to the extent that it is  inconsistent
         with any  separate  software  licence,  sublicense  or  agreement  made
         between  the  Customer  and  (i)  any  IPC  Group  Company,   (ii)  any
         Distributor  of IPC  Products,  or (iii) any third  party  licenser  of
         software provided in connection with the sale, installation,  operation
         or maintenance of Products.

8.2      The intellectual  property rights in all software,  operating  manuals,
         documents,  drawings  and  information  ("the  Intellectual  Property")
         supplied to the Customer remain IPC Information Systems Inc.'s property
         or that of IPC Information Systems Inc.'s licensor.

8.3      IPC  information  Systems  Inc.  grants the  Customer  a  non-exclusive
         non-transferable licence or sublicense to use the Intellectual Property
         for the purpose of using the  Equipment and for no other  purpose.  Any
         Intellectual  Property  supplied  to the  Customer  must not be copied,
         disclosed or used (except for the purpose for which they are  supplied)
         without IPC Information Systems Inc.'s written consent.

8.4      The Customer must:

         (a)      not  reproduce  the  software  except to the  extent  strictly
                  necessary  for proper  use of the  Equipment  and for  back-up
                  purposes,  any such  permitted  reproduction  being  solely in
                  object code form;

         (b)      keep the Intellectual  Property in confidence;  any disclosure
                  of it by the Customer is to be made in confidence  and only to
                  the  extent  strictly  necessary  for  the  proper  use of the
                  Equipment.  The Customer is responsible for ensuring that such
                  disclosure does not lead to a breach of this paragraph.

8.5      The Customer must not make  modifications  to the Software  without IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.'s prior written  consent.  The  intellectual
         property rights,  including copyright,  in any permitted  modifications
         will vest in IPC Information Systems Inc.

8.6      The Customer  agrees to sign any agreement  reasonably  required by the
         owner of intellectual property in the software supplied to the Customer
         under this Contract for the protection of that Software.

9.       Indemnity

9.1      Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 9, IPC Information  Systems
         Inc.  will  indemnify the Customer  against all claims and  proceedings
         arising  from  infringement(or  alleged  infringement)  of any  patent,
         design or copyright  enforceable  in the United  States of America,  by
         reason of the  Customer's  use or  possession  of the  Equipment.  As a
         condition of this indemnity the Customer will:

         (a)      notify IPC Information Systems Inc. promptly in writing of any
                  allegation of infringement;




<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         (b)      make no admission relating to the infringement; and

         (c)      allow IPC Information Systems Inc. to conduct all negotiations
                  and  proceedings  and give IPC  Information  Systems  Inc. all
                  reasonable assistance.

9.2      If at any time an allegation of infringement of such patent,  design or
         copyright is made, IPC Information  Systems Inc. may at its own expense
         (i)  procure  for  the  Customer  the  right  to  continue  to use  the
         Equipment,  (ii) modify the Equipment so as to avoid the  infringement,
         or (iiI) replace the Equipment with non-infringing goods, provided that
         any such  modification  or replacement  does not affect the Equipment's
         performance in a material respect.

9.3      The  indemnity  in  paragraph  9.1  does  not  apply  to  infringements
         occasioned by the Customer's  use of the Equipment in conjunction  with
         other  apparatus or software not  supplied by IPC  Information  Systems
         Inc.; nor to infringements occasioned by designs or specifications made
         by the Customer.  The Customer will indemnify IPC  Information  Systems
         Inc.  against  claims,  proceedings  and  expenses  arising  from  such
         infringements.

9.4      The  indemnity  referred to in paragraph  9.1 above shall be subject to
         the extent of the indemnity  being limited to one million  ($1,000,000)
         US Dollars in respect of all  settlements or claims and proceedings (i)
         in any period of twelve (12)  calendar  months or (ii) which  relate to
         the same or similar facts or events.

9.5      The indemnity referred to in paragraph 9.1 above states IPC Information
         Systems  Inc.'s  entire  liability  in respect of any  infringement  or
         alleged infringement of third party intellectual property rights and is
         in lieu of and replaces all other warranties in that respect  including
         implied warranties.

10.      Charges And Payment

10.1     IPC Information  Systems Inc. will invoice the Customer on the Delivery
         Date (CIP Incoterms 1990 Edition.  The Customer will pay within 30 days
         of the invoice  date.  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc. may charge daily
         interest  on late  payments  at a rate equal to 4% per annum  above the
         Base Lending Rate of Bank of New York.

10.2     Unless  otherwise  stated,  prices and charges  are in US Dollars,  for
         delivery to the point mentioned in 5.1. They do not include Value Added
         Tax which will be added if  appropriate.  They  include  packing to IPC
         Information Systems Inc.'s normal export standards.

10.3     Payment  will  be in US  Dollars  to  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.'s
         nominated bank account in the United States of America unless otherwise
         agreed in writing.

10.4     IPC Information Systems Inc. will be entitled to maintain an action for
         the price of the Equipment at any time after  payment  becomes due even
         though ownership of the Equipment has not passed to the Customer.

11.      Limitation of Liability

11.1     IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  accepts  liability  for  faults in the
         Equipment and for IPC Information  Systems Inc.'s own  negligence,  but
         only to the extent stated in paragraph 7 and this  paragraph 11. Except
         where expressly  contained in these Conditions IPC Information  Systems
         Inc. has no obligation,  duty or liability in contract, tort (including
         negligence) or otherwise.

11.2     IPC Information Systems Inc. does not exclude or restrict its liability
         for death or personal injury resulting from its negligence.

11.3     IPC Information  Systems Inc.'s  liability to the Customer in contract,
         tort  (including  negligence) or otherwise  arising in connection  with
         this Contract is limited to US $1,000,000.




<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


11.4     IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  will not be liable to the  Customer in
         contract,  tort  (including  negligence)  or  otherwise  for  any  loss
         (whether  direct or  indirect)  of profits,  business,  or  anticipated
         savings, or for any indirect or consequential loss or damage whatever.

11.5     Each  provision of this  paragraph  11 limiting or excluding  liability
         operates separately in itself and survives independently of the others.

12.      Matters beyond IPC Information Systems Inc.'s reasonable control

         IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  is not  liable  for any breach of this
         Contract  caused by  matters  beyond  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.'s
         reasonable control, including Acts of God, fire, lightning,  explosion,
         war, disorder, flood, industrial disputes (whether or not involving IPC
         Information Systems Inc.'s employees),  weather of exceptional severity
         or acts of local or central Government or other authorities.

13.      Termination

13.1     IPC  Information  Systems Inc. has the right to terminate this Contract
         without  notice and claim for any resulting  losses and expenses if the
         Customer:

         (a)      commits a breach of this  Contract or any other  contract with
                  IPC Information  Systems Inc., that is capable of remedy,  and
                  fails to remedy  the  breach  within a  reasonable  time after
                  written notice to do so; or

         (b)      commits an  irremediable  breach of this Contract or any other
                  contract with IPC Information Systems Inc.; or

         (c)      is the subject of a bankruptcy order, or becomes insolvent, or
                  makes any  arrangement or  composition  with or assignment for
                  the benefit of its creditors,  or if any of its assets are the
                  subject  of any form of  seizure,  or goes  into  liquidation,
                  either  voluntary   (otherwise  than  for   reconstruction  or
                  amalgamation),   or   compulsory,   or  has  a   receiver   or
                  administrator  appointed over its assets, or any similar event
                  occurs under the laws of the  jurisdiction  where the Customer
                  was incorporated.

13.2     If IPC Information  Systems Inc. delays in acting upon a breach of this
         Contract by the Customer that delay will not be regarded as a waiver of
         that breach.  If IPC  Information  Systems Inc. waives a breach of this
         Contract by the  Customer,  that  waiver is limited to that  particular
         breach.

14.      Export Control

14.1     The  Customer  may receive  equipment,  software,  services,  technical
         information,   training   materials  or  other   technical  data  ("the
         Controlled  Supplies") which,  because of their origin or otherwise are
         subject to the United States of America export  control  regulations or
         the laws or regulations of another country. In such case,  provision of
         the Controlled Supplies shall be conditional upon the parties obtaining
         and  providing  all  necessary  consents.  The  parties  shall  provide
         reasonable assistance to each other to obtain such consents.

14.2     The Customer  agrees to comply with any applicable  export or re-export
         laws or regulations,  including obtaining written authority from the US
         government  if the Customer  intends at any time to re-export any items
         of US origin to any proscribed destination.

15.      Assignment

         Neither the  Customer  nor IPC  Information  Systems Inc. may assign or
         transfer  any of their  rights  or  obligations  under  this  Contract,
         without the  written  consent of the other,  save that IPC  Information
         Systems  Inc.  may without  consent  assign or  transfer  its rights or
         obligations  to any IPC Group  Company or to any  company  where an IPC
         Group Company has effective control.

16.      Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Arbitration



<PAGE>


                                  CONFIDENTIAL


16.1     The  construction,  validity and  performance of this Contract shall be
         governed  in all  respects by the  substantive  law of the State of New
         York,  USA  applicable to agreements to be made and performed  therein.
         The  parties  hereby  submit to the  nonexclusive  jurisdiction  of the
         courts  of the  State  of New York and the  federal  courts  of the USA
         located therein.

16.2     Any bona fide  dispute  arising out of or relating to this  Contract or
         the  breach,  termination  or  validity  thereof,  which  has not  been
         resolved within sixty (60) days of notice thereof by the party claiming
         a  dispute,  shall be  finally  settled  by  arbitration  conducted  in
         accordance  with the  International  Arbitration  Rules of the American
         Arbitration Association by three independent and impartial arbitrators,
         of whom each party shall appoint one.

16.3     The place of arbitration  shall be the State of New York, County of New
         York, U.S.A. and all proceedings  shall be in English.  The arbitration
         shall be  governed  by the  substantive  law of the  State of New York,
         exclusive of its conflict of laws rules,  and the law applicable to the
         arbitration  procedure  shall be the United States  Arbitration  Act, 9
         U.S.C.  Section  1 et seq.  Judgment  upon the  award  rendered  by the
         arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.

16.4     The parties  agree that (i) the award of the  arbitrators  shall be the
         sole  and  exclusive   remedy   between  them   regarding  any  claims,
         counterclaims,   issues  or  accountings   presented  or  pled  to  the
         arbitrators;  that is shall be made and shall  promptly  be  payable in
         U.S. dollars free of any tax,  deduction or offset; and that any costs,
         fees, or taxes,  incident to enforcing the award shall,  to the maximum
         extent  permitted by law, be charged  against the party  resisting such
         enforcement;  and (ii) the  procedures  specified in this  paragraph 16
         shall  be the sole  and  exclusive  procedures  for the  resolution  of
         disputes  between  the  parties  arising  out of or  relating  to  this
         Contract;  provided  however,  that a  party  may  seek  a  preliminary
         injunction,  attachments or other  provisional  judicial relief if such
         action is  necessary  to avoid  irreparable  damage or to preserve  the
         status  quo.  Despite  such  action,   the  parties  will  continue  to
         participate in good faith in the procedures specified in this paragraph
         16.





<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


                           SCHEDULE 5 TO THE AGREEMENT

                                    TRAINING

1.       Providing  the  Distributor  makes a minimum  of three (3) of its staff
         available,  IPC  Information  Systems Inc.  shall make available to the
         Distributor  three (3)  places on a training  course,  at a place to be
         designated by IPC  Information  Systems Inc.,  but normally  within the
         United  States of  America,  free of  charge  covering  (i) an  initial
         introductory training course when the parties enter into this Agreement
         and (ii) for each new product range  introduced  into the Territory for
         distribution  by the  Distributor.  All costs  for  wages,  travel  and
         subsistence  for  the  Distributor's  staff  shall  be  payable  by the
         Distributor and not IPC Information Systems Inc.

2.       IPC  Information  Systems Inc. shall make available two (2) places on a
         sales  training  course to be held at a place to be  designated  by IPC
         Information Systems Inc. in the United States of America. All costs for
         wages,  travel and  subsistence  for the  Distributor's  staff shall be
         payable by the Distributor and not IPC Information Systems Inc.

3.       Any courses subsequently required by the Distributor, including but not
         limited to refresher  training and any training  that the parties agree
         shall take place in the Territory shall be chargeable  (trainer's fees,
         travel, subsistence and accommodation) by IPC Information Systems Inc.,
         payable by the Distributor.

4.       Only  personnel   proficient  and  suitably   qualified  to  enable  an
         understanding   of  the  basic   principles   underlying  such  product
         installation,  maintenance  and support  training shall be permitted to
         attend.

5.       All training  shall be in the English  language  and all  documentation
         provided  shall be in English.  If any  interpreter  is required by IPC
         Information Systems Inc., provision shall be the sole responsibility of
         the Distributor.






<PAGE>


                                  CONFIDENTIAL


                           SCHEDULE 6 TO THE AGREEMENT

                             REPAIR RETURN PROCEDURE

1.       Introduction

1.1      When it is necessary to return any item of the Products supplied by IPC
         Information  Systems Inc. the following "Repair Return Procedure" shall
         be followed.  This  procedure  covers the standard  exchange and return
         service.

1.2      The Distributor shall order such spares  stockholding as recommended by
         IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  for the purpose of  ensuring  that its
         maintenance support obligations to the customer are met.

2.       Procedures for return of Products

2.2      Prior to shipment of any item for maintenance exchange, the Distributor
         shall  send  a  Maintenance  Exchange  Request  (MEX  Request)  to  IPC
         Information  Systems  Inc.  by fax on  XXXXX  detailing  the  following
         information:

         a)       The Distributor's MEX account number
         b)       The IPC Information Systems Inc. partcode and description
         c)       Name of site  and  customer
         d)       Quantity  of  replacements   required
         e)       The Distributor's fault label reference
         f)       The proposed shipping details
         g)       Serial number of the Product

2.2      The faulty Product shall be returned to:

         IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC.

         [Address]

2.3      All Products  returned must be properly  packaged to prevent any damage
         in transit  and have  enclosed a fault label in a format to be provided
         by IPC  Information  Systems Inc. The  information  regarding the fault
         supplied on the fault label by the  Distributor  must be  sufficient to
         enable the repair to be investigated evaluated.

2.4      Full  and  complete  shipping  documents  must  be  enclosed  with  the
         equipment returns comprising:

         a)       Packing list
         b)       Pro-forma invoice
         c)       MEX reference number
         d)       Fault label for each item
         e)       Copy of the MEX Request

2.5      The   Distributor   shall  be   responsible   for  all   insurance  and
         transportation  costs and customs  duties that may be thereby  incurred
         and  suffer  the  risk of loss or  damage  to the  Products  whilst  in
         transit.

3.       Exchange and Return Service

3.1      On receipt  of faulty  Products  from the  Distributor  at the  address
         specified in paragraph 2.2 (properly  packaged and with all appropriate
         documentation  as required  herein) IPC Information  Systems Inc. will,
         subject as herein  provided,  use its reasonable  endeavours to deliver
         replacement equipment CIP (Incoterms 1990) to the port of import in the
         Territory, for collection by the Distributor,  within 30 days from such
         receipt.

3.2      Any  Products (or any parts of a Product)  returned to IPC  Information
         Systems Inc. under these exchange and return  arrangements  shall (upon
         replacement) become the property of IPC Information



<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


         Systems Inc. and the  Distributor  warrants either that it shall have a
         free and unencumbered title to such Products or (where the equipment is
         leased or charged) that it shall have  obtained all necessary  consents
         to part with  possession  and give good title to such  equipment to IPC
         Information Systems Inc.

4.       IPC Information Systems Inc. Warranty on Replacement Products

4.1      If,  during the period of three (3) months (or such other period as IPC
         Information Systems Inc. and the Distributor may agree in writing) from
         when  replacement   Products  leave  IPC  Information   Systems  Inc.'s
         warehouse for delivery CIP to the  Distributor,  or within the original
         warranty period, whichever is the greater, IPC Information Systems Inc.
         is notified of a fault in the  replacement  Products,  IPC  Information
         Systems  Inc.  will  replace (or at its option)  repair the faulty part
         free of charge provided that :

         4.1.1    the Products have been properly  installed,  tested kept, used
                  and maintained in strict  accordance with the manufacturers or
                  IPC Information  Systems Inc.'s  instructions (if any) and has
                  not been modified except with IPC  Information  Systems Inc.'s
                  prior consent;

         4.1.2    the fault is not due to accidental or wilful damage (including
                  lightning) or any damage caused by mains electrical  surges or
                  failures or electromagnetic interference.

4.2      It will be the Distributor's  responsibility to return faulty equipment
         to IPC Information  Systems Inc. at the address  specified in paragraph
         2.2 at its own expense (in accordance with Clause 2 to this Schedule 6)
         unless IPC Information Systems Inc. agrees otherwise.

4.3      As it is not  possible  for  Software  to be tested  in every  possible
         permutation IPC Information Systems Inc. does not warrant that Software
         supplied in replacement Products will be free of all faults or that its
         use  will be  uninterrupted  but  defects  which  significantly  impair
         performance will be remedied under this warranty.

4.4      Where  applicable  IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  does not warrant or
         accept  liability for  calibration of replacement  Products nor for the
         provision, procurement or replacement of test certificates.

4.5      The parties may, at their discretion (but without absolving  themselves
         from any  contractual  responsibility)  appoint  an  agent,  agents  or
         sub-contractors  to perform  their  respective  obligations  under this
         paragraph 4.

5.       Return of Replacement Products to the Distributor

5.1      IPC  Information  Systems Inc. will notify the  Distributor  as soon as
         replacement  Products are sent out from IPC Information  Systems Inc.'s
         warehouse at ________________________.

5.2      IPC Information Systems Inc. will package all replacement  Products and
         send them CIP (Incoterms 1990) to the port of import in the Territory.

5.3      IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  will  supply  a  packing  list (of the
         Products) and a shipping invoice.

6.       Charges for Replacement Products

6.1      The  charges  for  replacement  Products  will be the  rates set by IPC
         Information Systems Inc. from time to time.

6.2      New  Product  (spares)  prices and the  repair  prices if issued by IPC
         Information  Systems Inc. will apply for a period of 12 months from the
         date of their formal issue within IPC  Information  Systems Inc.,  (not
         necessarily 12 months from the date of this Agreement). Thereafter such
         prices may be  revised by IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  from time to
         time,  IPC  Information  Systems Inc.  giving at least 3 months written
         notice to the Distributor.

6.3      All charges are  exclusive  of VAT,  other  applicable  sales taxes and
         duties.



<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


6.4      Upon payment of the extended warranty amount, then all items will be as
         per warranty.

7.       Payment Terms

7.1      IPC Information  Systems Inc. will invoice the Distributor  annually on
         the 1st October for the following year's extended warranty period.

7.2      Invoices shall be paid by the  Distributor to IPC  Information  Systems
         Inc. in US Dollars within 30 days of the date of the invoice.

8.       Damaged/Incomplete Product Returns

8.1      If Products are returned to IPC  Information  Systems Inc.  (whether or
         not under IPC Information  Systems Inc. warranty) without a fault label
         or without adequate details on a fault label, or are returned  damaged,
         incorrectly  packaged or incomplete  (meaning component parts have been
         removed or modified by the  Distributor or the  Distributor's  customer
         without prior written consent from IPC  Information  Systems Inc.) then
         any warranty is automatically invalidated.

8.2      Replacement  Products shipped to the Distributor  pursuant to paragraph
         8.1 of this Schedule 6 will be charged at the then current price.

9.       Substitute Products

9.1      IPC  Information  Systems  Inc.  reserves  the right to replace  faulty
         Products  with  replacement  products  which do not  have an  identical
         specifications  provided that the  replacement  product is of a similar
         quality and has a similar performance capability.





<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL


                           SCHEDULE 7 TO THE AGREEMENT

                                SOFTWARE LICENSE


Subject to the terms contained in this Software License, IPC Information Systems
Inc. grants to Licensee a  nonexclusive,  perpetual,  non-transferable,  paid-up
license  (I)to use the Software  furnished  pursuant to the  Agreement  which is
proprietary to IPC  Information  Systems Inc. or its suppliers,  contained as an
integral part of the Products;  and (2) to install and use each item of Software
not  an  integral  part  of  the  Products;   and  (3)  to  use  the  associated
documentation.  Licensee  is granted no title or  ownership  rights in or to the
Software,  which rights shall  remain with IPC  Information  Systems Inc. or its
suppliers.

IPC  Information  Systems Inc.  considers  the Software to contain  Intellectual
Property  Rights  and other  proprietary  and  Confidential  Information  of IPC
Information  Systems  Inc.  and/or its  suppliers.  Such rights and  Information
include, without limitation thereto, the specific design, structure and logic of
individual  Software  programs,   their  interactions  with  other  portions  of
Software,  both internal and external,  and the programming  techniques employed
therein.  In order to protect  those rights and maintain  the  confidential  and
proprietary  status  of the  information  contained  within  the  Software,  the
Software  is  being  delivered  to  Licensee  in  object  code  form  only.  IPC
Information  Systems Inc. or its  suppliers  holding any  intellectual  property
rights in the Software,  and/or any third party owning any intellectual property
rights in software from which the Software was derived, are intended third party
beneficiaries of this Software License. All grants of rights to use intellectual
property  intended to be  accomplished  by this Software  License are explicitly
stated and no  additional  grants of such rights shall be inferred or created by
implication.

Licensee shall:

X        hold the  Software in  confidence  for the  benefit of IPC  Information
         Systems Inc. and/or its suppliers;
X        keep a current record of the location of each copy of the Software made
         by Licensee;
X        affix  to each  copy of  Software  made by it,  in the  same  form  and
         location,  a reproduction or the copyright notices,  trademarks and all
         other proprietary  legends and/or logos of IPC Information Systems Inc.
         and/or its  suppliers,  appearing on the original copy of such Software
         delivered to Licensee,  and retain the same without  alteration  on all
         original copies;
X        destroy the Software and all copies at such time as Licensee chooses to
         permanently cease using it.

Licensee shall not:

X        use the  Software  (i) for  any  purpose  other  than  Licensee'  s own
         internal  business  purposes  and (ii) other than as  provided  by this
         License;
X        allow  anyone  other  than  Licensee'  s  employees  and agents to have
         physical access to the Software;
X        make any copies of the Software,  except such limited  number of object
         code  copies  in  machine  readable  form  only  as may  be  reasonably
         necessary for execution or archival purposes;
X        make any modifications, enhancements, adaptations or translations to or
         of the Software;
X        attempt to reverse engineer, disassemble, reverse translate, decompile,
         or in any other  manner  decode  the  Software  in order to derive  the
         source code form or for any other reason.

Licensee may assign  collectively  its rights under this Software License to any
subsequent owner of the Products, but not otherwise. No such assignment shall be
valid  until  Licensee  (a) has  delegated  all of its  obligations  under  this
Software  License  to the  assignee;  (b) has  obtained  from  the  assignee  an
unconditional  written assumption of all such obligations;  (c) has provided IPC
Information  Systems Inc. a copy of such assignment,  delegation and assumption;
and (d) has transferred  physical  possession of all Software and all associated
documentation  to the assignee and destroyed all of Licensee' s archival copies.
Except as provided above,  neither this Software License nor any rights acquired
by  Licensee  through  this  Software  License  are  assignable.  Any attempt at
assignment of rights and/or  transfer of Software  which do not strictly  comply
with the terms herein shall be void and conclusively  presumed a material breach
by Licensee.

IPC Information Systems Inc. warrants that the Software as delivered shall be of
good  quality  and  workmanship  for a period of  twelve  (12)  months  from the
Acceptance Date. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREIN,  THE SOFTWARE
IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT



<PAGE>

                                  CONFIDENTIAL

WARRANTY  OR  INDEMNITY  OF ANY KIND OR NATURE.  IPC  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  INC.
SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS AND BUYER SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED,  INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE OR DEFECTS IN THE
TAPE,  DISKETTE OR OTHER  PHYSICAL  MEDIA AND  DOCUMENTATION,  OPERATION  OF THE
SOFTWARE,  AND  ANY  PARTICULAR  APPLICATION  OF USE OF THE  SOFTWARE.  LICENSEE
ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT THIS  LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES  WAS A MATERIAL  FACTOR IN THE
ESTABLISHMENT  OF THE PURCHASE  PRICE OF THE PRODUCTS,  WHICH PRICE INCLUDES THE
LICENSE FEE.

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER ANY REMEDY HEREUNDER FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL  PURPOSE,  IPC
INFORMATION  SYSTEMS INC. SHALL NEVER BE LIABLE ON ACCOUNT OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE
OF  ACTION OF ANY KIND  INCLUDING  BUT NOT  LIMITED  TO TORT,  CONTRACT,  STRICT
LIABILITY,  BREACH OF  CONTRACT,  BREACH OF  WARRANTY OR  OTHERWISE,  UNDER THIS
SOFTWARE   LICENSE  OR   OTHERWISE  TO  OR  THROUGH   LICENSEE   FOR   INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL,  EXEMPLARY,  INCIDENTAL  OR PUNITIVE  DAMAGES,  INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO LOSS OF BUSINESS OR BUSINESS INFORMATION, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOST
PROFITS OR OTHER ECONOMIC DAMAGE,  EVEN IF IT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF, HAD REASON TO
KNOW,  SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OR KNEW OF THE  POSSIBILITY  OF SUCH DAMAGES.  LICENSEE
ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT  THE  FOREGOING  SENTENCE  REFLECTS  AN  INFORMED,  VOLUNTARY
ALLOCATION  BETWEEN THE PARTIES OF THE RISKS (KNOWN AND UNKNOWN)  THAT MAY EXIST
IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS SOFTWARE  LICENSE,  THAT SUCH VOLUNTARY RISK ALLOCATION
WAS A MATERIAL PART OF THE BARGAIN BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND THAT THE ECONOMIC AND
OTHER  TERMS OF THIS  LICENSE  WERE  NEGOTIATED  AND AGREED TO BY THE PARTIES IN
RELIANCE ON SUCH VOLUNTARY RISK ALLOCATION.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC.' S
SOLE LIABILITY AND LICENSEE'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WARRANTY WILL
BE IPC INFORMATION  SYSTEMS INC. ~ S USE OF REASONABLE EFFORTS TO CORRECT ERRORS
IN THE SOFTWARE OR, IN IPC  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  INC. ~ S SOLE  DISCRETION,  TO
REFUND THAT PORTION OF THE PURCHASE  PRICE, AS DEPRECIATED ON LICENSEE' S BOOKS,
APPLICABLE TO THE PORTION OF THE SOFTWARE WHICH IS DEFECTIVE.

All Software  corrective  revisions generally adopted by IPC Information Systems
Inc.  during the Warranty  Period shall be provided to Licensee at no cost.  All
Software  enhancements  (Upgrades)  developed  by IPC  Information  Systems Inc.
during  the  Warranty  Period  shall  be  made  available  to  Licensee  at  IPC
Information Systems Inc.' s current list price.

In the event of a breach of this Software License by Licensee, Licensee shall be
deemed to have  agreed  that  remedies  available  at law may not be adequate to
protect the interests of IPC  Information  Systems Inc.  and/or IPC  Information
Systems  Inc.'s  suppliers  who may be  entitled to equity  jurisdiction  of the
courts.




                               HEADS OF AGREEMENT
                     Premier Information Systems Pty Limited
                          Trade Wind Marketing Pty Ltd
                     (on behalf of Flexifax Global Services)


PARTIES:  Premiere  Information Systems Pty Limited A.C.N. 001 722 292 (formerly
Xpedite International) ("PremInfo") and Trade Wind Group Pty Ltd (A.C.N. 052 100
455 ) ("TWM") and its subsidiaries, including Flexifax Global Services

BACKGROUND

A.       This Heads of Agreement represents the agreed understanding between the
         parties  concerning  a new  Strategic  Partnership  in  respect  of the
         products and services herein described.

B.       TWM, through its Flexifax Global Services  activity teas built up a fax
         and email  broadcast  business  and  delivers its traffic over a global
         network.  This network  incorporates  remote nodes in a number of major
         cities around the world.

C.       Premlnfo has built a global network, also with nodes located around the
         world,  to deliver its services which include fax broadcast,  fax merge
         email broadcast and many other products and services.

PURPOSE AND SCOPE

The  Parties  wish  to  enter  into a  Strategic  Partnership  whereby  the  two
operations  are  integrated to the extent that the TWM traffic is delivered over
the PremInfo  global network thus providing gains in efficiency and economies of
scale to the benefit of both parties.

The  integration of the operations will enable each party to offer the other its
range of products & services on an agreed wholesale  basis.  This will allow the
parties to concentrate on, and grow; their core  businesses.  These products and
services will cover fax broadcast,  computer to fax, fax merge, email broadcast,
voicemail, teleconferencing and any other service that may be available from the
parties and of use to customers of the parties



               /S/                                         /S/

                                     /S/


<PAGE>



Heads of Agreement                                              Premlnfo and TWM

INTENTIONS

A.       As part of this  Strategic  Partnership a Wholesale  Agreement  will be
         entered  into by the parties for  delivery of traffic over the PremInfo
         global network with PremInfo being the global network  provider for all
         fax services and the preferred  supplier for other  enhanced  messaging
         services to TWM.

B.       Each party  will,  wherever  practical,  make access  available  to the
         others  clients  special  saleable  features.  These  features  will be
         offered on a wholesale  basis  between the parties with  billing  being
         presented by the party holding that client account.

C.       It is the intention under this Strategic  Partnership that applications
         and TWM  specialist  services  will be  developed.  For  instance,  TWM
         intents to build up a Media and  Database  activity  which it will make
         available as a service to' PremInfo clients.

D.       It is expressly  agreed that TWM can be free to further develop and add
         integrated  features to its own front end  technology.  This will be to
         incorporate  additional or separate services in co operation with other
         'channel partnering' arrangements it may have.

E.       TWM has a Voice and Data  activity  dealing  in call  centres  and such
         like. It is the intention under this agreement to make TWM and PremInfo
         products and services available to TWG call centre customers.

GENERAL

Customer Migration

That TWM will migrate all its current traffic over to the PremInfo network. This
will be achieved by TWM giving to PremInfo the communication protocols its front
end or Gateway currently uses to transfer traffic via the Tandem.  PremInfo will
then prepare a software  application  that will convert the information into the
PremInfo  format  suitable for traffic  distribution  via its own  network.  The
conversion will take into account customer specific defaults such as 'fine' mode
etc.  These  conversions  will also cover  requests  for  'statue'  reports from
clients and will facilitate an audit trail from TWM to PremInfo. Full details of
the  customer  migration  will be Prepared  and agreed to by both parties in the
form of a migration plan.

TWM will have the option of using its own or existing  technology,  specifically
via the `Flexifax  Gateway',  or using the PremInfo client  interface to deliver
traffic  to  PremInfo.  PremInfo  will work  with TWM to  provide  the  PremInfo
interface with the TWM 'look and feel' after discussions and agreement with TWM.
PremInfo will

                  /s/                            /s/
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     Page 2



<PAGE>

Heads of Agreement                                              Premlnfo and TWM

provide the necessary  software  tools and resources to enable TWM to do this in
future.

Billing

The  existing  clients of  PremInfo  and TWM and any new  clients as notified to
PremInfo  will halve billing data sent to them by TWM Premlnfo will deliver call
details to TWM in an agreed soft formatas  detailed in the Wholesale  Agreement.
TWM will be responsible for invoicing and for bill collection for its registered
clients.

PremInfo to provide daily traffic statistics to TWM.

TWM  will  pay  PremInfo  the  cost  of  delivery  within  invoice.  Research  &
Development 60 days of the date of the invoice.

Research and Development

Subject to further  definitive  discussions it is also agreed that the Strategic
Partnership agreement will give TWM access to PremInfo local R&D at agreed rates
per hour.  Similarly TWM will give  PremInfo  access to R&D time at agreed rates
per hoar. In this way product  development and  enhancements  can be implemented
for the  benefit of both  parties.  To this end  PremInfo  and TWM agree to make
available  the  necessary  software  tools and  resources to enable the other to
`badge' the products.

Tariffs.

1. Traffic Originating in Australia
1.1 Delivery within Australia
The  initial  agreed  tariffs  are  based on TWM's  termination  mix and  volume
provided to PremInfo by TWM.

For total  minutes/month of 1,300,000 - average domestic price A$0.155 For total
minutes/month of 1,300,001 or more- average domestic price A$0.152

1.2 For international traffic - as per wholesale price list to be agreed


2. Traffic Originating outside Australia

2.1 New  Zealand and  Singapore.  PremInfo to provide  wholesale  rates  through
Premiere Technologies Inc's. operating companies in these areas - to be agreed

2.2 Existing TWM traffic  originating  from London,  Switzerland  and Vancouver.
PremInfo to coordinate  wholesale rates thorough Premlnfo operating companies in
these areas or sale of the current minutes as soon as possible.

Territories
                           /s/                        /s/
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     Page 3



<PAGE>


Heads of Agreement                                             Premlnfo and TWM


This  agreement  covets  originated  traffic from  customers in  Australia,  New
Zealand.

Under this  Strategic  Partnership,  TWM may start up a similar  activity in any
other  country  and  establish  local  access to that  countries  local node and
receive  the  appropriate  wholesale  tariffs for that  country.  The levels and
arrangement  will be determined by each  country's  arrangement.  This agreement
also provides for access to each party's  products and services  internationally
at wholesale rates to be agreed from time to time and location to location.

TWM currently has originated traffic from Vancouver, London and Switzerland. The
parties agree to determine how this traffic is going to be handled.

Staffing

As  a  result  of  this   Strategic   Partnership   there  will  be  some  staff
rationalisation  in TWM  PremInfo  agrees to help find TWM staff made  redundant
alternative  employment where possible with PremInfo or with  organisations they
have close relationships with.

Timing and implementation

The  parties  agree that the  migration  process  must be  completed  quickly to
minimise  the time that the two  networks  are  operating  in parallel  but with
reduced  traffic for TWM The parties agree that an  implementation  plan must be
established  and put in place  within  four  days of  signing  TWM his  Heads of
Agreement  The  Parties  agree to use their best  endeavours  to  migration  all
customers within four weeks of finalising the wholesale agreement.

Approval

This Strategic Partnership agreement is subject to board approvals by Trade Wind
Group Pty Ltd. Flexemessaging.com, Inc. and Trade Wind Communications Limited.


                 /s/                                                  /s/
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     Page 4














                               WHOLESALE AGREEMENT





                                DATED:         1999



                                     BETWEEN

                        TRADE WIND MARKETING PTY LIMITED
                                     ("TWM")


                                       AND

                    PREMIERE INFORMATION SERVICES PTY LIMITED
                                  ("Premiere")





















<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause                                                                  Page No.

1.0 RECITALS

2.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE

3.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

            3.1  Definitions
            3.2  Interpretation

4.0 DUTIES OF TWM

5.0         DUTIES OF PREMIERE.

6.0 CHARGES

7.0 BILLING

8.0 PAYMENT

9.0 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

10.0 TERM

11.0 TERMINATION

12.0 NON-COMPETITION

13.0 GST

14.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

15.0 FORCE MAJEURE

16.0 RESTRICTION OF USE OF TANDEM

17.0 SEVERABILITY

18.0 CONFIDENTIALITY

19.0 ASSIGNMENT

20.0 SECURITY

21.0 COSTS

22.0 LAW

23.0 NOTICES

SCHEDULE 1 - SERVICES

SCHEDULE 2 - CHARGES

SCHEDULE 3 - SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 4 - BILLING OBLIGATIONS


<PAGE>

                               WHOLESALE AGREEMENT


PARTIES:         Trade Wind  Marketing  Pty Ltd ACN 052 100 455,  of 27th Floor,
                 Grosvenor Place, 225 George Street, Sydney, NSW, 2000 ("TWM")

AND:             PREMIERE  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS PTY LIMITED,  ACN 001 722 292 of
                 Level 5, 120 Sussex Street Sydney, NSW, 2000 ("Premiere")

1.0              RECITALS:

                 1.1      The Parties have signed a Heads of Agreement dated 7th
                          September,  1999  under  which  they  agree  to form a
                          strategic   partnership   concerning   the  sales  and
                          provision  of  certain   enhanced  fax  and  messaging
                          services,  and to enter into a Wholesale Agreement for
                          the  delivery of certain  traffic  generated  by TWM's
                          customers via the Premiere global network.

                 1.2      This Agreement is the Wholesale  Agreement referred to
                          in the Heads of Agreement.

2.0.             PURPOSE AND SCOPE

                 Premiere is a provider of broadcast  faxing and other  enhanced
                 fax or messaging  services  more fully  described in Schedule 1
                 (the "Services"). TWM wishes to supply its customers generating
                 certain  traffic in Australia  with the Services by sending its
                 fax  traffic  (and,  at its  sole  discretion,  other  enhanced
                 messaging  traffic) through the Premiere network.  Premiere has
                 agreed to enter into this Agreement with TWM.

3.0              DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

                 3.1    Definitions

                 In this Agreement:

                 " Agreement" means this Agreement,  including its Schedules, as
                 varied from time to time in accordance with its terms;

                 `Confidential  Information" of a party includes all information
                 marked  as  confidential  by that  party or any of its  Related
                 Bodies   Corporate  or  which  the  recipient  knows  or  ought
                 reasonably to be aware is confidential  (regardless of its form
                 and whether the other party becomes aware of it before or after
                 the date of the  Agreement)  but excludes  information  that is
                 public knowledge  otherwise than as a result of a breach of the
                 obligations of confidentiality under this Agreement;

                 "Commencement  Date"  means  the  date  of  execution  of  this
                 Agreement;

                 "Computer System" means the computer system comprising physical
                 equipment,  system and application software utilised by TWM and
                 any replacement computer system used by TWM from time to time;

<PAGE>
                 "Customer"  means a customer of TWM which  acquires  any of the
                 Services;

                 "Equipment" means the computer hardware and software  specified
                 in Schedule 1;

                 "GST,  GST Law" and other terms used in this clause  which have
                 definitions  in the A New Tax System  (Goods and Services  Tax)
                 Act 1999 have the meanings  provided in those  definitions  and
                 any other applicable legislation and any ruling whether binding
                 or non-binding;

                 "Insolvency Event" means any of the following events;

                 (a)    a receiver, manager, liquidator, provisional liquidator,
                        receiver and manager, trustee, administrator, controller
                        or similar  officer is appointed in respect of any asset
                        of either party;
                 (b)    either  party  becomes,  is,  or  is  deemed  under  any
                        applicable  law to be  insolvent  or  unable  to pay its
                        debts as they fall due;
                 (c)    any writ of execution,  garnishee order, injunction,  or
                        similar order, attachment,  distress or other process is
                        made,  levied or issued  against or in  relation  to any
                        asset of either party.

                 "Intellectual  Property Rights" means all intellectual property
                 rights  including (but not limited to)  copyright,  trade mark,
                 design,   patent,   circuit  layout   rights,   trade  secrets,
                 confidential  information or other  proprietary  rights,  or an
                 rights to registration of such rights whether created before or
                 after the date of this Agreement.

                 "Related Body Corporate" has the meaning given in sections 9 of
                 the Corporations Law.

                 "Service Level Agreement" means the Service Level Agreement set
                 out in Schedule 3, as amended and updated from time to time.

                 "Service" means the telecommunications and related services set
                 out in Schedule  1, as varied  from time to time in  accordance
                 with this Agreement.

                 "Special  Products"  means but is not  limited to the TWM front
                 end and Gateway technology providing special messaging services
                 and enhancements through which TWM customer traffic is directed
                 and as a result provides enhancements, value added services and
                 features etc and is enhanced with added  features/services from
                 time to time.

                 "Software" means the computer  software referred to in Schedule
                 1 and any upgrades, variations or amendments of that software.

                 "$" means the lawful currency of the Commonwealth of Australia

                 "Tandem Switch" refers to TWM's system by which it receives and
                 transmits fax  broadcasts  and point to point traffic on behalf

<PAGE>

                 of its customers and  constitutes  separately  the hardware and
                 licensed Flexifax  application software that enables the switch
                 to be used for the Flexifax fax distribution purpose.

                 3.2   Interpretation

                 In this Agreement:

                 headings   are  for   convenience   only  and  do  not   affect
                 interpretationand  unless  the  context  indicates  a  contrary
                 intention:

                 (a)     words  denoting the singular  number include the plural
                         and vice  versa;  words  denoting  individuals  include
                         corporations  and vice versa;  and words  denoting  any
                         gender include all genders;
                 (b)     references to clauses and  Schedules are  references to
                         clauses and Schedules of this Agreement;
                 (c)     references to this Agreement and any deed, agreement or
                         instrument will be deemed to include references to this
                         Agreement  and the deed,  agreement  or  instrument  as
                         amended, novated, supplemented, varied or replaced from
                         time to time;
                 (d)     references to any party to this  Agreement  include its
                         successors or permitted assigns;
                 (e)     references  to any  legislation  or to any  section  or
                         provision  thereof includes any statutory  modification
                         or reenactment,  any substituted  statutory  provision,
                         and ordinances, bylaws, regulations and other statutory
                         instruments issued under them; and
                 (f)     references to currency are to Australian dollars.

4.0              DUTIES OF TWM

                 TWM will be responsible for:

                 (a)     selling,   marketing   (in  some  cases   jointly)  and
                         promoting the  Services,  including TWM services it has
                         developed   using  its  own   front  end  and   Gateway
                         technology ("Special Products");

                 (b)     ongoing  account  management  all of the  TWM  Customer
                         accounts;

                 (c)     providing  customer  telephone  service  and  technical
                         support  services in accordance  with the Service Level
                         Agreement  which will be entered into by the parties on
                         terms to be agreed by the parties (the  "Service  Level
                         Agreement")  and for informing  its own customers  that
                         they should  amend their  lists,  where there have been
                         reports of unwelcome call numbers, when requested to do
                         so;

                 (d)     invoicing the TWM Customers and collecting  payments in
                         accordance with invoices from those Customers;

                 (e)     providing  installation,  training and support services
                         for the  Services'  applications  to its own  staff and
                         customers; and
<PAGE>

                 (f)     integrating  Web based  products  and gateway  with the
                         Premiere system in conjunction  with Premiere and tools
                         provided  by Premiere  with each party  bearing its own
                         costs,  or  as  otherwise   reasonably  agreed  by  the
                         Parties.

                 (g)     TWM  may  enhance  its  Special  Products  and  provide
                         additional  services to TWM customers in anyway it sees
                         fit.   Premiere  will  be  offered  badging  rights  to
                         appropriate  Special  Products  under  mutually  agreed
                         terms.

5.0              DUTIES OF PREMIERE

                 Premiere will be responsible for:

                 (a)     providing TWM with the Services in accordance  with the
                         Service  Level  Agreement  and  tools to  allow  TWM to
                         rebadge the service if required under  mutually  agreed
                         terms.  (b) providing TWM with accurate billing data in
                         accordance with clause 7 of this Agreement;

                 (c)     maintaining  the  enhanced  fax and  messaging  network
                         (which includes network reliability, speed and capacity
                         and all associated  integrating software) in accordance
                         with the Service Level  Agreement which will be entered
                         into by parties on terms to be agreed by the parties;

                 (d)     providing  daily and monthly  operations  reports which
                         include  information such as customer's  monthly usage,
                         traffic profiles and other relevant operational data in
                         accordance with the Service Level Agreement;

                 (e)     providing  customer  telephone  service  and  technical
                         support  services  at its cost in  accordance  with the
                         Service Level Agreement;

                 (f)     providing  Premiere  staff  members  to  assist  in the
                         co-ordination  and the  implementation of the migration
                         process, at its own cost;

6.0              CHARGES

                 (a)     The charges  current on the date of this  Agreement are
                         set out in Schedule 2 (the  "Charges").  Premiere  will
                         not  increase  the  Charges  for the first 12 months of
                         this Agreement. The charges shall be reviewed every six
                         months in good faith and when  applicable  adjusted  to
                         take into account trends in telecommunications industry
                         tariffs in  Australia.  If the revised  charges are not
                         acceptable  to TWM then  TWM will be able to  terminate
                         this agreement giving 90 days notice of intention to do
                         so.

                 (b)     The  charges  are  based  upon  Australian   originated
                         traffic.  It is agreed that TWM can start other similar
                         operations   under   similar   Strategic    Partnership
                         arrangements with other Premiere  organisations.  Under
                         this   Agreement   Premiere   will   assist   in  these
                         discussions with the local Premiere organisation.


<PAGE>

7.0              BILLING

                 1.     Premiere  will  send to TWM raw  billing  files  for the
                        Services provided by Premiere for the previous week each
                        Friday.  This will be sent before 10 a.m. for processing
                        by TWM. An additional billing file to cover the last few
                        days of the month is to be sent  before  10am on the day
                        following the last day of the month.

                 2.     At the end of each month, Premiere will issue an invoice
                        to TWM, in a form set agreed by the parties, for Charges
                        relating to the Services  provided by Premiere to TWM in
                        the  preceding  month.  This will  include an invoice to
                        TWM,  in a form set agreed by the  parties,  for Charges
                        relating to the Services  provided by Premiere to TWM in
                        the  preceding  month on the first day of the  following
                        month

8.0              PAYMENT

                 Except  to the  extent  that TWM has  disputed  an amount in an
                 invoice,  TWM must pay the Charges on each invoice  provided by
                 Premiere within 60 days from the date of the invoice.

9.0              INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

                 Each party will  retain all right,  title and  interest  to any
                 intellectual   property  which  that  party  deploys  or  makes
                 available to the other party pursuant to this Agreement.

10.0             TERM

                 The term of this  Agreement will be for an initial period of 12
                 months(the  "Initial  Period") which can be extended once for a
                 further 12 months by  agreement  between the  parties,  . Three
                 months  notice to be given by TWM  should it not wish to extend
                 the Agreement beyond the Initial  period..  After expiry of the
                 Initial Period, or any extension,  this Agreement will continue
                 until terminated.

11.0             TERMINATION

                 Either party may terminate this Agreement:

                          (i)   if  the  other  party  materially  breaches  any
                                provision of this Agreement or the Service Level
                                Agreement and does not rectify the breach within
                                28 days of being notified of the breach.

                          (ii)  if an insolvency  event occurs (for  example,  a
                                Court  orders  that  a  party  be  wound  up) in
                                relation to the other party;

                          (iii) If either  party gives six months  notice to the
                                other   that  it   wishes  to   terminate   this
                                Agreement;
<PAGE>

                          (iv)  if there is a total and  irreparable  failure of
                                the Equipment  which is caused by something that
                                is beyond the reasonable control and without the
                                fault or negligence of Premiere

                          (v)   Should  there  be  a  change  in  management  or
                                operational  control of TWM or Premiere then TWM
                                has  the  right  to  amend  or  terminate   this
                                agreement

12.0             NON-COMPETITION

                 (a)     [Redacted]


                 (b)     [Redacted]

                 (c)     Premiere  shall be the exclusive fax delivery  provider
                         of the Enhanced Fax Services to TWM  customers  for the
                         duration of the Agreement.

                 (d)     Premiere  acknowledges  that TWM customers  will at all
                         times  remain TWM  customers  even if they are directly
                         using the Services .

13.0             GST

                 Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this  Agreement,  if
                 Premiere  becomes liable for any amounts of GST on any supplies
                 made under or in connection with this Agreement then;

                 (a)     Premiere may increase the amounts  otherwise payable by
                         TWM under this Agreement by the amount of the GST; and
<PAGE>

                 (b)     Premiere will provide TWM with a tax invoice which will
                         enable TWM,  where entitled under the GST law, to claim
                         an input  tax  credit  for  TWM's  acquisition  of that
                         supply; and

14.0             DISPUTE RESOLUTION

                 14.1    If any  dispute or  difference  arises  between TWM and
                         Premiere out of or in connection  with the  performance
                         of this Agreement or the Services,  but not relating to
                         any    question    arising    from    obligations    of
                         confidentiality,  either  party  must  give  the  other
                         written  notice of such  dispute  within  28 days.  The
                         parties  agree  that they will  make  every  reasonable
                         effort to  resolve  the  difference  in a  commercially
                         reasonable  and  amicable way within 45 days of receipt
                         of notice of the dispute under this clause.

                 14.2    If  resolution  under clause 14.1 cannot be reached,  a
                         meeting  will  be  held  within  15  days  between  the
                         relevant  managers of the parties to agree  appropriate
                         corrective  actions to be implemented  within an agreed
                         timeframe which is not to exceed 30 days.

                 14.3    If  resolution  cannot be reached  under clause 14.2, a
                         meeting  will  be held  between  the  respective  Chief
                         Executive  Officer  ( or his or her  delegate)  of each
                         party to agree  appropriate  corrective  actions  to be
                         implemented  within an agreed timeframe which is not to
                         exceed 30 days.

                 14.4    If resolution  cannot be reached under clause 14.3, the
                         parties may jointly  appoint an  independent  expert to
                         resolve the dispute.  If the parties  cannot agree on a
                         suitable  independent  expert,  then  either  party may
                         request the  President  of the NSW Bar  Association  at
                         that time to  appoint a  barrister  of not less than 10
                         years  standing to act as an expert and  determine  the
                         appropriate  corrective action to be implemented within
                         an agreed timeframe.

                 14.5    Notwithstanding   this  clause  14,  either  party  may
                         commence court proceedings relating to any such dispute
                         or  may  properly  seek  urgent   interlocutory  relief
                         without complying with this clause 14

15.0             FORCE MAJEURE

                 15.1    Neither  party shall be liable for any default or delay
                         in  the  performance  of  its  obligations  under  this
                         Agreement  to the extent that such  default or delay is
                         caused,   directly  or  indirectly,   by  fire,  flood,
                         earthquake,  elements of nature or acts of God, acts of
                         war, terrorism,  riots, civil disorders,  rebellions or
                         revolutions,  strikes,  lockouts,  or any  other  cause
                         beyond   the   reasonable   control   of   such   party
                         (individually  each  being a  "force  majeure"  event),
                         provided  such  default  or delay  could  not have been
                         prevented by reasonable precautions.
<PAGE>

                 15.2    In such event, the non-performing party will be excused
                         from  any  further  performance  or  observance  of the
                         obligations   so   affected   for  as   long   as  such
                         circumstances  prevail.  Any  party so  delayed  in its
                         performance  will  immediately   notify  the  other  by
                         telephone,  to be confirmed  in writing  five  calender
                         days  following  the  inception  of  such  delay,   and
                         describe   at  a   reasonable   level  of  detail   the
                         circumstances causing such delay.

                 15.3    Premiere warrants that it has implemented a Y2K plan to
                         minimise the impact,  if any, from the 'millenium  bug'
                         and that  alternative  plans  are also in place  should
                         problems,  failures  or  delays  occur  with any of its
                         carriers  or  service  providers  but does not  warrant
                         against the impact third party  suppliers and customers
                         may have on Premiere's  ability to provide the services
                         due to their systems not being Y2K  compliant  Premiere
                         will not be held  liable for losses  incurred by TWM or
                         other parties due to problems that occur as a result of
                         suppliers  and  customers  not being Y2K  compliant  or
                         experiencing Y2K related problems.

16.0             RESTRICTION OF USE OF TANDEM HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE

                 16.1    TWM agrees  not to sell,  gift or  bequeath  the right,
                         license or other entitlement to use the Flexifax Tandem
                         application  software, or means by which TWM has in the
                         past been legally entitled to use the Tandem switch and
                         its Flexifax Tandem application software to any person,
                         business  or body  corporate  for the  duration of this
                         Agreement.

                 16.2    TWM may at its sole discretion  keep, use or dispose of
                         the  Tandem  switch  hardware  and  other  parts of its
                         original network.

17.0             SEVERABILITY

                 If any part of the  Agreement  is held to be void,  invalid  or
                 otherwise  unenforceable,  it will be deemed to be severed from
                 this  Agreement  and  the  remainder  of  this  Agreement  will
                 continue in full force and effect.

18.0             CONFIDENTIALITY

                 Neither  party will make a public  announcement  or disclose to
                 any person details of the  discussions  between the parties and
                 the terms of this  Agreement  unless it first consults with and
                 obtains  the  written  agreement  of  the  other  party  (which
                 agreement will not be unreasonably withheld), provided that:

                 (a)     following such consultation, no party shall be entitled
                         to  withhold   agreement   in  the  case  of  a  public
                         announcement  or  notification  where and to the extent
                         that  that  party  is  required  by law or the  listing
                         requirements of any stock exchange; and
<PAGE>

                 (c)     a party is  entitled  to make such  disclosures  to the
                         directors,   secretaries,   professional  advisers  and
                         bankers  of that  party so long as the  party  uses all
                         reasonable   endeavours  to  ensure  that  the  matters
                         disclosed are kept confidential.

19.0             ASSIGNMENT

                 Neither party may assign its rights or  obligations  under this
                 Agreement without the prior written consent of the other, whose
                 consent shall not be unreasonable withheld

20.0             SECURITY

                 It is agreed that for the first twelve months of this agreement
                 that the  registered  customer  base of Flexifax can be used as
                 security  against unpaid  invoicing  triggered  under clause 10
                 (ii)  in  the  event  that  TWM  is  unable  to   rectify   any
                 indebtedness  after  being given 60 days to do so. The value of
                 this  customer  base is to be  calculated  based upon one and a
                 half  times  the  total  annualised  revenue  based on  carried
                 traffic under this agreement  generated from the total customer
                 base by Flexifax  and will be purchased in full by Premiere and
                 a portion  used to offset the debt.  This  calculation  will be
                 based upon the total annualised TWM customer revenue calculated
                 from the  average  of the  Flexifax  monthly  customer  revenue
                 figures of the previous  three  operational  months  seasonally
                 adjusted. Any surplus after repayment of debt is to be returned
                 immediately to TWM.

21.0             COSTS

                 Except as  otherwise  agreed in  writing by the  parties,  each
                 party shall bear its own costs and expenses in connection  with
                 action taken by it in relation to this Agreement.

22.0             LAW

                 This  Agreement  is governed by the laws of New South Wales and
                 each of the parties submit to the jurisdiction of the Courts in
                 that State.

23.0             NOTICES

                 (a)     All  notices  and  other  communications   required  or
                         permitted  to be given or served  under this  Agreement
                         may be  delivered  by  hand,  by  pre--paid  post or by
                         facsimile as follows:
<PAGE>

                         To:        The Company Secretary
                                    Trade Wind Marketing Pty Limited

                         Address:   27th Floor, Grosvenor Place
                                    225 George Street
                                    SYDNEY NSW 2000

                         Fax:       (02) 9250 8890

                         To:        The Company Secretary
                                    Premiere Information Systems Pty Limited

                         Address:   Level 5, 120 Sussex Street
                                    SYDNEY NSW 2000

                         Fax:       (02) 9338 0193

                 (b)     Notices shall be deemed to have been  received,  in the
                         case of personal delivery,  on the day of delivery,  in
                         the case of posting by pre-paid post, on the second day
                         after posting,  and in the case of a facsimile,  on the
                         day  immediately  following  the date of  despatch  and
                         confirmation  of the  answerback  code of the receiving
                         party's machine.



<PAGE>

DATED:                                                  1999

SIGNED for and on behalf of                               )
Trade Wind Marketing Pty Limited                          )
ACN 052 100 455 by                                        )
                                            ..................................
In the presence of:                                       )         (Signature)


 .....................................................
(Signature of Witness)


 .....................................................
(Name of Witness in Full)


SIGNED for and on behalf of                               )
PREMIERE INFORMATION SYSTEMS                              )
PTY LIMITED ACN 001 722 292 by                            )
                                              ..................................
In the presence of:                                       )         (Signature)


 .....................................................
(Signature of Witness)


 .....................................................
(Name of Witness in Full)


                              Partnership Agreement
                          Trend Micro Australia Pty Ltd
                             Flexemessaging.com Inc
          (on behalf of Trade Wind Group and Flexifax Global Services)

Parties:  Trend Micro Australia Pty Ltd A.C.N 077 055 817 and Flexemessaging.com
Inc on  behalf  of  Trade  Wind  Group  Pty  Ltd  A.C.N.  003  607  074  and its
subsidiaries including Flexifax Global Services.

Background

A.                This Partnership Agreement represents the agreed understanding
                  between the parties concerning Flexifax through traffic on the
                  Flexemessaging  Gateways  which will be swept for viruses on a
                  continuous   basis  by  a  resident  Trend  Micro  anti  virus
                  application

B.                Flexemessaging.com,  through its messaging  activity has built
                  up a fax and email  broadcast  service  and  delivers  traffic
                  through  ISPs  and  Carriers.   A   significant   and  growing
                  percentage  of this  traffic  is  being  sent  in the  form of
                  emails.

C.                Trend Micro has  developed  anti virus  software that has been
                  designed to perform a  continuous  scan for viruses on traffic
                  being processed by Gateways, servers and similar applications

Purpose and Scope
The parties wish to enter into a Partnership  Agreement  whereby  Flexemessaging
customer  traffic is scanned and cleared of viruses in return for every  message
being sent out by email from the Gateway being stamped with an acknowledgment to
Trend Micro.
The specific points in this agreement are:-
1.    Trend  Micro  will  supply,  free of  charge,  its Trend  Micro Anti Virus
      software   (Application   name)and   assist   to   install   it  into  the
      Flexemessaging   Gateways.   There  are  currently   three  such  Gateways
      operating. Additional copies will be installed free of charge whenever the
      number of Gateways increases.  The cost of recoding the Gateway to install
      the Trend Micro will be born by Flexemessaging.  The costs of installation
      of the application and reporting set up will be born by Trend Micro.

2.    In return for Trend Micro providing its antivirus  software free of charge
      to Flexemessaging, Flexemessaging will stamp each outgoing message with an
      agreed statement crediting Trend Micro for the antivirus scan and removal.

3.    Trend  Micro  undertakes  to keep  the  antivirus  software  updated  on a
      priority basis.  These software upgrades and updates will be done by Trend
      Micro on an automatic  basis.  Trend Micro will provide a reporting system
      that will alert the sender and Flexemessaging whenever a virus is detected
      or  suspected.  The form of this  reporting to be mutually  agreed and may
      alter from time to time.

4.    It  is  agreed  that  Flexemessaging  can  copy  across  the  Trend  Micro
      applications  for  maintenance,  hardware  change  out  or  Flexemessaging
      application  upgrade  purposes  without  charge.  Trend  Micro  will leave
      procedures if necessary as to how this is to be accomplished.

5.    Trend Micro and Flexemessaging  agree to jointly or separately issue press
      releases concerning this Partnership from time to time.

Agreement

This agreement will initially last for two years and will  automatically  extend
thereafter unless terminated by either party giving 4 months notice.

The  effective  start date of this  agreement is the date on which fully working
Trend  Micro  applications  are  installed  and  working  satisfactorily  on the
Gateways and accepted as being so by both parties.

Signed by an authorised officer of each company




/s/ N R Bird                             /s/ Mark Micallef
N R Bird                                 Mark Micallef
CEO                                      Sales Manager Australia
Flexemessaging.com Inc                   Trend Micro Australia Pty Ltd




                                SCOTTISH PACIFIC

                    BUSINESS FINANCE PTY LTD ACN 008 636 388

                         Subsidiary of Bank of Scotland

                                     [LOGO]


                         Undisclosed Factoring Agreement


                     Member of Factors Chain International.




<PAGE>


                                       -2-

                                    CONTENTS
OVERVIEW

A.   SALE OF DEBTS                                                            I

     1        You Sell Trading Debts We Specify
     2        You Must Give Us Details etc. Relating to Transferred Debts
     3        Approved and Disapproved Debts
     4.       Purchase Price of the Transferred Debts
     5        When You Are Entitled to the Purchase Price
     6        You Are Also Entitled to Excess on Approved Debts
     7        Your Further Transfer Obligations

B.   DEALING WITH THE DEBTS                                                   3
     8        You Will be Our Collecting Agent
     9        Collecting Transferred Debts and Our Obligations to Report
     10       You Must Not Deal with Transferred Debts
     11.      Legal Proceedings
     12       What Happens if Approved Debts Not Paid?
     13.      Re-transfer of Disapproved Debts
     14       You Must Indemnify Us Against Loss
C.   OUR CHARGES                                                              6
     15.      We are Entitled to an Administration Charge
     16.      We May Adjust the Administration Charge
     17.      We May Be Entitled to a Discount Charge
     18.      We are Entitled to a Charge for Old Debts
     I9.      Minimum Administration Charge
     20       Other Charges
D.   CONTROL ACCOUNT AND PAYMENTS                                             7
     21       We Will Maintain a Control Account
     22       Payments By You and Us
     23       We Can Set-off Money You Owe Us
     24       We May Withhold Payment
E.   YOUR WARRANTIES AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS                                    8
     25.      Your Warranties in Relation to the Transferred Debts
     26.      Your Other Warranties
     27       Your Record Keeping Obligations etc.
     28.      Your Other Obligations
F.   VARYING AND ENDING AGREEMENT                                            12
     29.      We May Vary this Agreement
     30       Ending this Agreement
     31.      Effect of this Agreement Ending
     32.      We Will Re-transfer Remaining Debts
     33.      Compensation on Ending of this Agreement
G.   MISCELLANEOUS                                                           13
     34.      Miscellaneous Charges and Interest
     35.      Reimbursement of Payments
     36.      Assignment and Agency
     37.      Specimen Signatures etc.
     38.      Waiver, Consents and Approvals
     39.      Power of Attorney
     40.      Notices and Service
     41.      Governing Law and Courts
     42.      Evidence
     43.      Joint and Several Liability
     44.      Authority to Fill in Blanks, Entire Agreement and Severability
     45.      Legal and Financial Advice
     46.      Extended Obligations
     47.      Special Provisions
H.   INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS                                          17
     48.      Interpretation
     49.      Definitions
SCHEDULE                                                                     20




<PAGE>
                                       -3-

                                    OVERVIEW

Under this  agreement,  we will provide  factoring  facility to you. We purchase
debts  owed to you.  Those  debts  arise  from you  selling  goods or  providing
services.  We specify  which debts we will  purchase.  They  called  transferred
debts. We normally specify the transferred debts by a general  description which
includes  future debts.  How much we pay, and when we pay,  depend on whether we
have classified the debt as an approved debt or a disapproved debt.

This  diagram  is an  example  of a  typical  arrangement  where  the debt is an
approved debt

                                [graphic omitted]

The arrangement has many features.  Three are of particular interests:

o        You can receive  payment much earlier than would otherwise be possible.
         For an  approved  debt,  the  purchase  price is an  agreed  percentage
         (generally 80%) of the face value of the debt. We will pay the purchase
         price an agreed time after the debt arises,  but you can call for it to
         be paid early. You then pay a discount charge.  If we receive more than
         the purchase price in payment of the debt,  that excess is paid to you.
         The purchase  price for a disapproved  debt is the amount we receive in
         payment of the debt.

o        You will generally  retain contact with the debtor.  That means you are
         responsible for collecting the debt on our behalf. While the debtor may
         draw the cheque in your  favour,  the  debtor  must post it to our post
         office box.

o        We provide  regular reports to you accounting for your dealings with us
         and a monthly aged listing of transferred debts.

This  overview  is only a  summary  of some  features  of the  actual  factoring
agreement. You should read the following pages carefully. They set out the terms
of the agreement.




<PAGE>

                         UNDISCLOSED FACTORING AGREEMENT

This is an agreement  between us, Scottish Pacific Business Finance Ply Ltd. and
you, the person named in item 1(c).

                                A. SALE OF DEBTS

1.       You Sell Trading Debts We Specify

1.1      You transfer to us  completely  and  unconditionally  all Trading debts
         owed to you that we specify  to you.  You do so in return for us paying
         you $1.00 (which you acknowledge you have received), entering into this
         agreement with you, and for other valuable consideration.

1.2      We may  specify  both  existing  and  future  debts by type or  general
         description. We may, from time to time, vary our specification.

1.3      Debts in existence when specified become ours immediately.  Debts which
         do not exist when  specified  become  ours  immediately  they come into
         existence.

2.       You Must Give Us Details etc. Relating to Transferred Debts

2.1      You  must  promptly  give  us any  details  we ask for in  relation  to
         +transferred  debts.  You  must  give  us the  details  in the  form we
         require.

2.2      You must also promptly give us each of the following:

         o         a duplicate of each Invoice.

         o        any  information  you have in relation to the  validity of the
                  +transferred debt; the  creditworthiness  of the +debtor;  any
                  dispute or possible dispute about the  +transferred  debt, the
                  +contract or, the +goods or +services,  and anything else that
                  might affect the  collection of the  +transferred  debt or its
                  value to us.

         o        any original or copy  documents or  information  we ask for in
                  respect  of  the  +transferred   debt,  the  transfer  of  the
                  +transferred debt, the +contract, the +goods or +services, you
                  or the +debtor.

         o        any proof we ask for that the +goods have been accepted by the
                  +debtor or the +services  have been provided to the +debtor to
                  the satisfaction of the +debtor,  and any documents evidencing
                  your or the +debtor's compliance with the +contract.

         o         any proof of transfer of a +transferred debt that we ask for.

2.3      You must  give us each of those  things  as soon as  possible.  But the
         duplicate  Invoice must, in any event,  be delivered at least  fourteen
         days before the +debtor is due to pay.

2.4      You  must  do  anything  which  we  ask  to  enable  us to  verify  the
         +transferred  debts. We may, in your name,  verify a +transferred  debt
         with the +debtor.

3.       Approved and Disapproved Debts

         Each  +transferred  debt is an  Approved  debt,  unless  we  decide  to
         classify it as a Disapproved debt. We have a discretion to classify any
         +transferred  debt as a Disapproved debt at any time (including  during
         the  twenty-four  hour  period  referred  to in  clause  5.1),  and  to
         reclassify it as an Approved debt. We do not have to give vou notice of
         any of those decisions.

* Each reference lo an item means the relevant item in the schedule,  see clause
48.3
+See definitions on pages 17 - 19



<PAGE>
                                       -2-


4.       Purchase Price of the Transferred Debts

4.1      The purchase price for an +approved  debt is the  percentage  stated in
         item 2 (or a different  percentage that we decide on at any time at our
         discretion) of the balance of the +net value of the +transferred  debt,
         less any allowances,  discounts and credits we allow. The purchase pace
         for a  +disapproved  deb,  is the amount of cleared  funds we  actually
         receive in payment of the debt.

4.2      If we decide to decrease  the  percentage,  you are entitled to give us
         notice, within seven days after we advise you of the decrease, that you
         are  ending  the  agreement.  If you do,  the  percentage  will  not be
         decreased.  The  agreement  will end at the end of the period stated in
         item 3(c). That period commences on the day you give notice.

5.       When You Are Entitled to the Purchase Price

5.1      You are entitled to payment of the purchase  price of an +approved debt
         on the day before the Recourse date. You may,  however,  call for early
         payment of the purchase  price - by one payment or a number of payments
         at any time twenty-four hours after you deliver the relevant  +invoices
         to us. If that is on a day that our  +principal  office is not open for
         business,  you will  instead be entitled to payment at the same time on
         the next  business day. If you call for early payment more than once in
         any week, we may, at our discretion, aggregate payments so that payment
         is not made more than once in any week.  We are  entitled to a discount
         charge under clause 17 if the purchase price is paid early.

5.2      You are  entitled to payment of the  purchase  price of a  +disapproved
         debt when, and to the extent that, we receive  cleared funds in payment
         of the  debt.  You will be  entitled  to that  amount by the end of the
         period specified in item 6 after the day we received the cleared funds.

5.3      If we  classify  an  +approved  debt  as a  +disapproved  debt,  we are
         immediately entitled to any part of the purchase price we have paid you
         for that debt that is in excess of the amount we have received from the
         +debtor for that debt.  You are entitled to any balance of the purchase
         price of that +disapproved debt in accordance with clause 5.2.

6.       You Are Also Entitled to Excess on Approved Debts

         If the +debtor  pays more for an  +approved  debt than we have paid you
         for it, you are entitled to the excess, to no more than the +net value,
         when we have received cleared funds in payment of the debt. You will be
         entitled  to that amount by the end of the period  specified  in item 6
         after the day we received the cleared funds.

7.       .Your Further Transfer Obligations

7.1      If we ask you to, you must do anything  necessary to perfect a transfer
         of a  Transferred  debt to us together  with the benefit of any related
         +guarantee or +security interest. That may include a transfer at law.

7.2      If, for any reason,  a Transferred  debt does not become ours, you must
         do anything we ask at any time to make it become ours.




<PAGE>

                                       -3-

                            B. DEALING WITH THE DEBTS

 8.      You Will be Our Collecting Agent

8.1      You will be our  collecting  agent for the  purpose of  collecting  and
         enforcing payment of +transferred  debts. The terms of your appointment
         are as follows:

         (a)      You must promptly and efficiently  carry out those tasks, free
                  of any  charge  to us and in  accordance  with any  directions
                  which we may give.

         (b)      You must endorse  each  +invoice  with a notice,  in a form we
                  specify from time to time,  which  directs the +debtor to send
                  the payment to our post office box number.

         (c)      You must use all  reasonable  endeavours  to  ensure  that the
                  +debtor pays a  +transferred  debt by drawing a cheque payable
                  to you which the debtor posts to our post office box number

         (d)      Within seven days after the  commencement  of each month,  you
                  must deliver to us a statement  showing,  as at the end of the
                  previous month, the  +transferred  debts owing by each +debtor
                  and the period for which the debt has been  outstanding and an
                  aged payables  ledger.  Each must be in a form approved by us.
                  Within  those seven days,  you must also give us copies of any
                  other   records,   reports  and   statements   concerning  the
                  +transferred debts or the +debtors which we require.

         (e)      If,  contrary  to clause  8.1(c),  you  receive  money,  cash,
                  cheques,   money  orders,   negotiable  instruments  or  other
                  instruments  comprising a payment on account of a  Transferred
                  debt you must immediately  deliver them to us in the identical
                  form that you received it. Instead of delivering  those things
                  to us you must,  if we require it,  deposit  the money,  cash,
                  cheques,  money  orders,   negotiable  instruments  and  other
                  instruments into a bank account specified by us.

         (f)      Unless you have our consent, you must not issue a receipt or a
                  statement,  to any  +debtor in  relation  to any  +transferred
                  debt.

         (g)      Unless you have our consent,  you have no authority to release
                  or compound any +transferred  debt or to claim to do so, or to
                  do anything or not do anything, or permit something to be done
                  or not  done,  which  results,  or may  result,  in a right to
                  recover any +transferred  debt or right in respect of or under
                  any +transferred debt being prejudiced or affected.

         (h)      You must tell us  immediately a +debtor  claims to be entitled
                  to an allowance, discount or credit.

8.2      We may, at our discretion,  withdraw your authority under clause 8.1 by
         giving you notice.  We may do so either  completely,  or in relation to
         any particular +transferred debt or +debtor, or in relation to any type
         of +transferred debts or +debtors. We may, at our discretion.  restrict
         your  authority  or change  your  authority  in any way by  giving  you
         notice.

8.3      We may open any mail  addressed  to you which we  receive.  We may keep
         anything which relates  substantially  to a  +transferred  debt. As the
         +transferred debts belong to us, you irrevocably  authorise us and each
         of our +authorised officers to cash cheques,  money orders,  negotiable
         instruments  and other  Instruments,  even  though they may be drawn in
         your favour, and to retain the proceeds.

9.       Collecting Transferred Debts and Our Obligations to Report

9.1      If  we  believe  it  is  appropriate  for  the  purpose  of  collecting
         +transferred  debts, we will mail a monthly  statement to +debtors.  So
         long as your authority has not been  withdrawn  under clause 8.2 and we
         have not given  notification  under clause 9.2,  the monthly  statement
         will be sent on your  letterhead  and  will ask the  +debtor  to pay by
         drawing a cheque in your favour and then  posting it to our post office
         box number.

9.2      We may notify any +debtor that a debt has been transferred to us if we,
         in our  discretion,  consider it is necessary or desirable to do so. We
         do not have to notify you. We may direct the +debtor to pay the

See clause 9.1
See definitions on pages 17 - 19



<PAGE>

                                       -4-

         +transferred  debt to us or to any other person.  If we ask you to, you
         must give notice to a +debtor that a debt has been  transferred  to us.
         We may  require  you to endorse any  +invoice  which we specify  with a
         notice of  transfer  in a form we  specify.  If we ask you to, you must
         direct  a  +debtor  to pay a  +transferred  debt to us or to any  other
         person.  You  irrevocably  authorise  us and  each  of our  +authorised
         officers  to give a notice or  direction  of that type to a +debtor  on
         your behalf.

9.3      If  we  withdraw  your   authority,   you  must  stop   collecting  all
         +transferred debt and you must not get or attempt to get payment to you
         of  any  +transferred  debts.  If  your  authority  is  only  partially
         withdrawn,  or you are advised that a +debtor has been  notified of the
         transfer of a +transferred  debt:, or we have requested that you direct
         a +debtor to pay a  +transferred  debt to us, you must stop  collecting
         the  +transferred  debts and you must not get or attempt to get payment
         to you of  the  +transferred  debts.  In  each  case,  you  must  still
         immediately  deliver to us, in the identical  form you received it, the
         money, cash, cheques,  money orders,  negotiable  instruments and other
         instruments  comprising  a payment on account  of a  +transferred  debt
         which you receive, see Item 9 of schedule.

9.4      If clause 9.3  applies we have the sole  right to collect  and  enforce
         payment of the relevant  +transferred debts and you must do anything we
         require to help us to collect  them We may collect  those  +transferred
         debts in the way we think appropriate. We may give time for payment, or
         release or compromise any of those  +transferred debts as we think fit.
         If we do, that does not  prejudice  our rights under this  agreement or
         confer any right on you.

9.5      You must, at your expense, promptly mail invoices, unless we advise you
         that we wish to mail  them.  You must  tell us  immediately  a  +debtor
         claims to be entitled to an allowance, discount or credit.

9.6      We will maintain a debtors' ledger in relation to +transferred debts.

9.7      We will give you a statement each +month containing an aged analysis of
         the amounts owed by each +debtor,  and any money we receive in relation
         to +transferred debts.

10.      You Must Not Deal with Transferred Debts

         Because the +transferred debts belong to us, you must not

         (a)      collect  or  enforce  payment of any  +transferred  debts,  or
                  attempt to do so, except in accordance with your authority.

         (b)      create or attempt to create a +security  interest  over any of
                  them, or deal or attempt to deal with any of them in any way.

         (c)      attempt  to get a +debtor  to pay  anything  in respect of any
                  +transferred  debt to you or anyone else except us,  except in
                  accordance with your authority.

         (d)      adjust (whether by giving allowances, discounts, credits or in
                  any other  way),  litigate,  enforce  compromise,  set-off  or
                  discharge any  +transferred  debt, or allow anything to happen
                  which might put someone else in the position of being able to.

         (e)      issue credit notes in respect of a  +transferred  debt without
                  our approval.  If we give approval,  you issue the note on our
                  behalf. We may give approval in relation to a specific debt or
                  by a general  description of the extent of your authority.  We
                  may, at our discretion,  change or revoke that authority.  You
                  must report on the credit notes which are issued in the way we
                  require.

11.      Legal Proceedings

11.1     We are entitled at our  discretion,  to commence  legal  proceedings in
         relation to a +transferred debt. We may conduct the proceedings in your
         name.  We may  settle any claim by or against us or you on any terms we
         think fit.

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19




<PAGE>

                                       -5-


11.2     You may ask us to commence  legal  proceedings to recover a Transferred
         debt.  We may  agree  to do so if you  give  us  security  that  we are
         satisfied  with in relation to the costs of those  proceedings  and the
         possibility of an adverse result.  If you do not provide that security,
         or if proceedings  have not been commenced  within  fourteen days after
         you have provided it, you may ask us to re-transfer the debt. If you do
         that, you must repay the amount we paid you for the debt, less anything
         we have  received in relation  to it. When you repay that  amount,  the
         debt is  re-transferred  to you  without  the need for any  document to
         effect the re-transfer. We will formally re-transfer it to you, at your
         expense,  if you ask us to. We warrant that, on  re-transfer,  you will
         obtain  the same  title  (if any) as we  receive.  However,  we give no
         warranty as to the validity, enforceability or amount of the debt.

11.3     If we ask you to, you must, at your expense,  make  available to us any
         books, documents or other evidence we reasonably require in relation to
         any  proceedings  concerning a Transferred  debt, or proceedings  under
         this  agreement,  a  +contract  or a related  agreement.  You must also
         attend,  and get other  people to  attend,  to give  evidence  in those
         proceedings

12.      What Happens if Approved Debts Not Paid?

         If, by the Recourse date, we have not received cleared funds on account
         of an  +approved  debt at least equal to the amount we paid you for the
         Approved debt, you must pay us the shortfall. You will then be entitled
         to anything  which the +debtor pays after the +recourse date in respect
         of that debt.  You will be  entitled  to that  amount by the end of the
         period  specified in item 6 after the day we receive the cleared funds.
         However, you must continue to deliver to us money, cash, cheques, money
         orders,  negotiable  instruments  and other  instruments  comprising  a
         payment on account of that debt in the identical form that you received
         it.

13.      Re-transfer of Disapproved Debts

         We are entitled, at our discretion,  to re-transfer a +disapproved debt
         to you at any  time.  If we  decide to  retransfer  the  debt,  we will
         formally  re-transfer it to you, at your expense,  if you ask us to. We
         warrant that on re-transfer  you will obtain the same title (if any) we
         received.   However,   we  give  no  warranty   as  to  the   validity,
         enforceability or amount of the debt.

14.      You Must Indemnify Us Against Loss

14.1     You  must   continuously,   both  during  and  after  this   agreement,
         immediately indemnify us against expenses or losses of any kind that we
         may incur in relation to any failure by you to perform your obligations
         under  this  agreement  or in  relation  to a  Transferred  debt.  This
         includes a loss which we incur by a +debtor making a claim for which we
         may be liable; or because we hand over a payment which we have received
         from you, a +guarantor  or a +debtor  (irrespective  of whether we were
         obliged to hand over the payment); or on account of duties, forwarder's
         fees, storage charges,  shipping charges, sales or excise taxes, import
         duties or other  expenses;  or in  connection  with the  transfer  of a
         Transferred  debt to us; or as a result of the  breach,  inaccuracy  or
         non-observance of your warranties under this agreement

14.2     You must also  continuously,  both  during  and after  this  agreement,
         immediately  indemnify  us against any expense or loss of any kind that
         we may incur in relation to proceedings begun by us under clause 11.

                                 C. OUR CHARGES

15.      We are Entitled to an Administration Charge

15.1     We  are  entitled  to an  administration  charge  in  relation  to  all
         Transferred  debts when you give, or should give, the relevant +invoice
         to us. This charge is calculated by multiplying the +net value of those
         debts by the percentage stated in item 4(a).

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19



<PAGE>
                                       -6-



15.2     If we, in our discretion,  withdraw your authority under clause 8.1 the
         administration  charge  payable by you under clause 15.1 will increase.
         The charge will then be calculated by multiplying the +net value of the
         +transferred debts by the percentage stated in item 4(b)

15.3     In addition to the  administration  charge payable under clause 15.1 we
         are  entitled  to an  additional  administration  charge in relation to
         Transferred  debts  which  exist  at the date of this  agreement.  This
         charge is  calculated by  multiplying  the +net value of those debts by
         the percentage stated in item 4(c).

16.      We May Adjust the Administration Charge

16.1     We are entitled to adjust the administration charge in order to achieve
         our +expected rate of return in relation to Transferred debts. This may
         be necessary, for example, if:

         o        the average +net value of the debts  (excluding debts existing
                  at the  commencement of this  agreement)  during any period of
                  thirty days is less than the amount stated in item 4(d),

         o        the number of your  +debtors is more than the number stated in
                  item 4(e), or

         o        the number of days your  ledger  turns is more than the number
                  stated in item 4(f).

16.2     We must give you notice of that adjustment. The adjustment takes effect
         on the date and in the manner stated in the notice.

17.      We are Entitled to a Discount Charge

17.1     A discount charge is payable by you if we pay you early under clause 5.
         1.

17.2     The charge is calculated by multiplying the daily balance of the amount
         paid by us on account of the purchase  price of the debt (less anything
         we have  received in relation to that debt) by the daily  equivalent of
         the  +prevailing  rate. The charge is calculated from the day the first
         early payment is made until the +recourse  date. We are entitled to the
         discount charge daily or, at our election on a less frequent basis.

18.      We May Be Entitled to a Charge for Old Debts

         We are  entitled  to a charge  for old debts if we, in our  discretion,
         withdraw  your  authority  under  clause 8.1.  That  charge  applies in
         relation  to each  Transferred  debt for  which  we have  not  received
         cleared funds in payment of the debt on or before the  +recourse  date.
         The charge is calculated by  multiplying  the +net value of the debt by
         the percentage  stated in item 4(h).  The charge is calculated,  and we
         are entitled to it, on the day after the Recourse  date and on the last
         day of each subsequent month.

19.      Minimum Administration Charge

19.1     If the  total of our  administration  charges  under  clause  15 in any
         period of twelve +months is less than the amount stated in item 4(i) as
         our estimated  administration  costs, we may adjust the  administration
         charge for the twelve +months  following that period.  We must give you
         notice in writing of the adjustment.

19.2     We are entitled.  as a liquidated  sum, to the  difference,  during the
         twelve  +months  preceding  the  giving of that  notice,  or any lesser
         period we choose,  between our estimated  administration costs, and the
         administration  charges we have  actually  become  entitled to, for the
         relevant period.

20.      Other Charges

We may also be entitled to fees, charges and interest under clause 34.

+See definitions on pages 17 -19



<PAGE>
                                       -7-

                         D. CONTROL ACCOUNT AND PAYMENTS

21.      We Will Maintain a Control Account

21.1     We will maintain a control account in relation to the following:

         o        any money we or you become entitled to under this agreement.

         o        the purchase  price for an +approved debt which you may ask us
                  to pay early under clause 5.1.

         o        any money you pay us or we pay you.

21.2     Each +month,  we will send you a statement of the control account.  You
         will not be entitled  to claim that there is an error in the  statement
         unless you notify us about it in writing within  twenty-one  days after
         the date of the statement.


22.      Payments By You and Us

22.1     You must  pay  money to which  we are  entitled  by  providing  us with
         cleared  funds  without any  deduction  at all.  You must pay us at our
         +principal office immediately the money is due.

22.2     Payment is made by us when we draw a cheque in your  favour or initiate
         an electronic funds transfer to your nominated account.


23.      We Can Set-off Money You Owe Us

23.1     Against  any money that we or an +entity  which is  +related  to us owe
         you, we are entitled to set-off any money that you or an +entity  which
         is  +related  to you owe us or an +entity  which is related to us. This
         includes money owed  contingently or  prospectively.  It includes money
         which is owed  under the  control  account  or on any other  account or
         basis.  If an amount owed  cannot be  immediately  ascertained,  we are
         entitled to make a reasonable estimate.

23.2     If you owe money to any of us and you are entitled to call for an early
         payment  of the  purchase  price  under  clause  5.1,  we  may,  at our
         discretion,  treat you as if you had called for early  payment.  We may
         act-off the money you owe us against that purchase price.


24.      We May Withhold Payment

24.1     In any of the  following  circumstances,  we may  withhold  any payment
         which is due to you:

o        you have not  complied  and  continue  not to  comply  with any of your
         obligations  under  this  agreement,  even  if the  obligation  is of a
         non-monetary nature.

o        any of the circumstances  referred to in clause 30.2 are subsisting (or
         may occur  simply  through  the  passing of time or after the giving of
         notice).

o        we have given you notice under clause 30 that this agreement is to end.

24.2     If we have  received a payment and we believe  that there may be a risk
         of us  having  to hand  over that  payment,  then we may  withhold  the
         corresponding  payment  under  clauses  5.2  or  6  until  we,  in  our
         discretion,  consider that there is no longer a risk.  The indemnity in
         clause 14.1 continues  even if we do not withhold  payment or decide to
         release a previously withheld payment.

# See clauses S.3, 11.2, 12. Id, 15, 17, J8. 19, 33, 3', 35 and 39
* See clauses S.1. 5.2, 6 and 12
+See definitions on pages 17 - 19



<PAGE>
                                       -8-

                    E. YOUR WARRANTIES AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS

25.      Your Warranties in Relation to the Transferred Debts

25.1     In  relation  to  each  Transferred  debt,  you  warrant  each  of  the
         following,  unless you advise us  otherwise  ire writing when or before
         the relevant duplicate +invoice is delivered to us:

         (a)      the details  you give of the debt and the +goods or  +services
                  are correct.

         (b)      the currency of payment is  Australian  dollars and the +goods
                  were sold by you and  accepted by a person in Australia or the
                  Services were performed by you in Australia.

         (c)      you  have   performed   all   obligations   required  for  the
                  enforcement of the debt.

         (d)      the debt is valid and enforceable for the full face value less
                  only an  allowance,  discount or credit shown on the +invoice;
                  and the  +debtor  is liable to pay that  amount in full by the
                  +recourse  date.  or the date  for  payment  specified  on the
                  +invoice, if that is earlier; and the debt is not disputed, of
                  voidable,  and is not  subject to any  conditions  of any type
                  which might affect its collection.

         (e)      there  are no  contra  accounts,  set-offs,  counterclaims  or
                  deductions allowable or enforceable in relation to the debt or
                  the  +debtor  and the  debt  does not  arise  from any form of
                  progress claim.

         (f)      the debt has arisen in the ordinary course of your business as
                  described  in item l(d),  and results  from an actual and bona
                  fide sale of  +goods,  or  performance  of  +services,  in the
                  ordinary course of that business.

         (g)      you have an  unqualified  right to transfer the debt to us; we
                  will obtain a valid and  unencumbered  title to the debt under
                  this  agreement in accordance  with the laws specified in item
                  8, and the +debtor  will pay the debt in full by the  Recourse
                  date, or by the date for payment specified on the +invoice, if
                  that is earlier.

         (h)      the +goods purchased by the +debtor are in accordance with the
                  +contract,  are the items  describer  in the +invoice and have
                  been  delivered  to  and  accepted  by  the  +debtor;  or  the
                  +services have been performed in accordance with the +contract
                  to the  satisfaction of the +debtor and are those described in
                  the +invoice.

         (i)      you have paid on time all fees,  duties,  taxes and charges to
                  enable  the  +goods  to be  delivered  to the  +debtor  or the
                  +services to be performed.

         (j)      you have  complied  with all laws  relating  to the debt,  the
                  +goods or Services and their delivery of performance.

         (k)      you have done nothing which could make us liable in respect of
                  the debt, the +goods or +service; or the +contract.

         (1)      the proper law of the +contract and the debt is the law of the
                  place specified in item 8.

         (m)      you have  disclosed in full your trading terms relating to the
                  debt and the  +contract,  and you will not attempt to waive or
                  modify them, or extend the time for payment.

         (n)      the  duplicate  of the +invoice for the debt given to us under
                  clause 2.2 is exactly  the same as the  +invoice  given to the
                  debtor; and the +invoice is dated no earlier than the date the
                  +goods  an  accepted  by the  +debtor  or  performance  of the
                  +services is completed  and no later than  fourteen days after
                  that date.

         (o)      immediately  before the +goods  relating to the debt were sold
                  to the +debtor,  you had good and  unencumbered  title to them
                  and none of your  suppliers  or other  persons  will  have any
                  claim to any +goods or the proceeds of sale of any +goods; and
                  there is no  requirement  that the  proceeds of sale of any of
                  the +goods be held (on trust or otherwise) for or be paid to a
                  supplier or other person.

         (p)      you have  disclosed  to us, and have  preserved,  any Security
                  interest  or  +guarantee  granted or arising to better  secure
                  payment of the debt.

         (q)      the +debtor has an  established  place of business,  is not an
                  Associate  of yours,  and has no rich which  would  reduce the
                  +net value of the debt.

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19


<PAGE>

                                       -9-

25 2     In relation to each +transferred debt, you agree that:

         (a)      each warranty under clause 25.1 will remain  accurate in every
                  respect.

         (b)      you will  immediately  give us any  information  you obtain in
                  relation to the validity of the debt, the  creditworthiness of
                  the +debtor;  any dispute or possible  dispute about the debt,
                  the +contract,  or the +goods or +services;  and anything else
                  that might affect the  collection of the debt, or its value to
                  us.

         (c)      you will perform all obligations  imposed on you in respect of
                  the debt,  whether the obligations arise by agreement or under
                  any law.

         (d)      you will  deal with  each  payment  you  receive  strictly  in
                  accordance with clauses 8 and 9.


26.      Your Other Warranties

         You also warrant to us each of the following:

         (a)      you  have  disclosed  to  us  in  writing  all  your  existing
                  +financial  indebtedness.  all +security interests over any of
                  your assets, and all +guarantees which you have given.

         (b)      you will not incur any further +financial indebtedness, create
                  any  further  +security   interests,   or  allow  any  further
                  +financial  indebtedness  or +security  interests to continue,
                  without obtaining our consent.

         (c)      you are and will remain solvent, and you do not have, and will
                  not have. any creditors  account (except one we approve) which
                  is more than 120 days overdue.

         (d)      you have paid, and will pay on time, any tax payable by you in
                  respect  of your  business  activities  or your  employees  or
                  contractors, and you will lodge all tax returns on time.

         (e)      you will not do any of the following without our consent:

                  (i)      lend any money or arrange to lend money to anyone, or
                           give a +guarantee.

                  (ii)     anything  which may make you liable to a third party,
                           except in relation  to goods or services  supplied to
                           you or work  done for you in the  ordinary  course of
                           your business as described in item I (d).

                  (iii)    become liable to pay for goods or services before the
                           goods are delivered or the services are performed.

                  (iv)     sell +goods on approval, with any right of return, or
                           on consignment

                  (v)      retain or attempt to retain title to any +goods.

                  (vi)     allow  payment  to be  made  to you in the  case of a
                           +transferred  debt  over a period  which is more than
                           the period referred to in clause 25. l(d).

                  (vii)    allow payment to be made to you in the case of a debt
                           which is not a +transferred  debt later than 120 days
                           after the end of the +month in which the debt arose.

                  (viii)   subscribe  for,  or take an option on,  share or loan
                           capital of any type, or agree to do so.

(f)      you have the  power to enter  into  this  agreement  and  perform  your
         obligations under it, and will continue to have that power.

(g)      your  entering  into  this  agreement  and  the   performance  of  your
         obligations under it will not breach any other agreement binding on you
         or any other person or breach any lay.

(h)      you do not act and will not act as the  trustee  of any trust  (whether
         under a trust deed, will, deed of settlement or other instrument,  or a
         trust arising by law or implication),  except a trust specified in item
         7.

(i)      all +invoices you use and your terms of trade for the sale of +goods or
         the provision of +services are, and will be, in a form approved by us.

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19



<PAGE>

                                      -10-

         (j)      each of your  obligations  under  this  agreement  is and will
                  continue to be valid, binding and enforceable.

         (k)      you  enter  into  this   agreement   wholly  for  business  or
                  investment purposes.


27.      Your Record Keeping Obligations etc.

27.1     You must keep proper and accurate  books of account in accordance  with
         the law and applicable accounting standards. In addition, you must make
         an appropriate  entry in your records  immediately  after the sale of a
         Transferred debt.

27.2     You must, at your expense,  allow us to inspect any records,  including
         books,  accounts,  ledgers and any other  documents.  This includes any
         records  that  relate  to  a  Transferred  debt,  a  +debtor,   +goods,
         +services,  or taxes.  We are entitled to copy anything we want to, and
         to take a printout of any records on computer;  and to take  possession
         of the relevant  documents to do so. We are entitled to take possession
         of records relating  exclusively to Transferred  debts. If any relevant
         records are not in your  possession or under your control,  you must do
         everything that is necessary to enable us to inspect and copy them and,
         where  appropriate,  take  possession of them.  The records must not be
         removed from the address specified in item 1(c) without our approval.

27.3     You must give us a copy of your accounts, including your balance sheet,
         your  trading  and  profit and loss  accounts,  any other  accounts  we
         require,  and any related  information we ask for. You must give all of
         them in the form and with the detail we require whenever we ask you to.
         In any event, you must give us a copy of them, as at the date specified
         in item  5(a),  for  the  preceding  period  specified  in  item  5(b).
         Thereafter,  you  must  give a copy of them to us as at the end of each
         successive  period  specified in item 5(b). In each case, you must give
         them to us no more.  than 20 days  after the end of the period to which
         they relate.

27.4     If we ask you to, your accounts must be audited by a person  registered
         as an auditor  under  section 1280 of the  Corporations  Law. If you do
         not, we may appoint an auditor to audit the accounts at your expense.

27.5     You must give us,  within  thirty days after we ask for it, a statement
         setting  out all your  outstanding  liabilities,  including  contingent
         liabilities. as at the date we specify.

27.6     The  documents  to be given  under  clauses  27.3 and 27.5 must each be
         certified  as  being  accurate  and  complete  by you or,  if you are a
         Corporation,  by  two  directors,  or by  one  director  and a  company
         secretary. If we ask you to, you must cause each +associated company to
         do the  things  that you are  required  to do under  this  clause 27 in
         relation to records and accounts.


28.      Your Other Obligations

28.1     You must  co-operate  fully with us to help us obtain the  benefits  we
         seek under this agreement.  You must follow any procedures which we set
         from  time  to time  for  the  performance  of  this  agreement.  These
         procedures may include  requirements  concerning notices of transfer of
         Transferred  debts and the provision of proof that the +goods have been
         accepted by the +debtor or the Services  performed to the  satisfaction
         of the +debtor

28.2     You must  immediately  give us a list of your bank accounts.  If you do
         not  already  have a bank  account  you  must  open one and give us the
         details.  You must not open any other bank account without our consent.
         If we ask you to,  you  must  also  give us a signed  letter  in a form
         approved by us for each of your bank  accounts.  asking the bank to pay
         us any money it receives for that account directly from a +debtor.

28.3     You must inform us and keep us informed of:

         (a)      the name and registered address of your +entity or any +entity
                  in  which  you  or,  if you  are a  "corporation,  any of your
                  directors or shareholders  has a direct or indirect  interest,
                  except through

+See definitions on page sl7 - 19



<PAGE>
                                      -11-

                  a  shareholding  of less  than 5% of the  issued  shares  of a
                  +corporation listed by the Australian Stock Exchange Limited.

         (b)      any  partial  or  total  change  in   ownership,   control  or
                  shareholding in you or by you in any +entity,  except a change
                  of less than 5% in your shareholdings in a +corporation listed
                  by the Australian Stock Exchange Limited.

         (c)      the names of your Associated companies, and corporations which
                  become or cease to be your Associated companies.

         (d)      any change in the nature of your business,  or in your auditor
                  or external  accountants;  and, if you are a Corporation,  any
                  change  in  your  directors,   company  secretary,  or  public
                  officer;  and,  if you are a  partnership,  any  change in the
                  identity of the partners.

28.4     If you are a  Corporation,  you  must  cause  any new  shareholder  and
         director  to execute  any  documents  we  require to better  secure the
         performance  of this  agreement.  This  may  include  a  guarantee  and
         indemnity of your obligations both before and after the change.  If you
         are a  partnership,  you must cause any new  partner to sign a document
         that we require to bind that partner to this agreement.

28.5     You must immediately tell us in writing:

         (a)      if a Corporation becomes or ceases to be +related to you.

         (b)      if an Associate of yours becomes a +debtor.

         (c)      of the terms upon which goods,  or materials  which may become
                  +goods or which may be incorporated into +goods,  are supplied
                  to you. You must obtain any waiver or variation in relation to
                  those terms that we ask you to.

         (d)      if something has happened which may affect your  warranties or
                  obligations,  or which may give us the right to terminate this
                  agreement under clause 30.2.

28.6     You  must  transfer  to us,  in the  form we  require,  your  insurance
         policies relating to Transferred debts and the +goods.

28.7     If you do not perform any of your obligations under this agreement,  we
         may, at our  discretion,  remedy the default,  in whole or in part. You
         must pay to us on demand any sum which we see fit to pay in relation to
         the default.


                         F. VARYING AND ENDING AGREEMENT

29.      We May Vary this Agreement

         We may vary this  agreement  after the end of the period stated in item
         3(b) by giving you one +month's notice of the variation.  The variation
         will take effect at the end of the notice period.  However, you will be
         entitled  to give us notice  within  seven  days  after the date of our
         notice that you are ending the agreement. If you do, the agreement will
         not be varied.  Instead, it will end at the end of the period stated in
         item 3(c) from the day you gave notice.


30.      Ending this Agreement

30.1     After the end of the period stated in item 3(b):

         o         we can end this agreement by giving you one +month's notice;

         o        you can end this  agreement  by giving us the period of notice
                  stated in item 3(c).  If,  after you give us this  notice,  we
                  agree to you not paying us on time the amount we are, or would
                  become,  entitled to under clause 31.1 (a),  your notice is to
                  be treated as not having been given.

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19



<PAGE>

                                      -12-


30.2     However, we may end this agreement either:

         o         immediately, without notice; or

         o         at the end of any period we, in our discretion,  specify in a
                   notice to you,

         if we believe  that any of the  following  has  occurred or is the case
         (whether it is within your control or not and without the necessity for
         any notice from us):

         (a)      you fail to pay on time any money due under this agreement.

         (b)      you  fail to  comply  with any  other  obligation  under  this
                  agreement or any other agreement with us or Andy  +corporation
                  which is +related to us, and we believe:

                  (i)      that the failure cannot be remedied, or

                  (ii)     that the failure can be  remedied,  but you do not do
                           so within seven days after the failure happens.

         (c)      a  representation  or warranty by you under this  agreement or
                  any  other  agreement  with  us or any  Corporation  which  is
                  +related to us is not true or is  misleading  in any  material
                  respect.

         (d)      any part of this agreement is unenforceable.

         (e)      your business  changes from that described in item l(d) or the
                  volume of that business changes substantially.

         (f)      you or any  other  person  breach  any  obligation  under  the
                  +debenture deed.

         (g)      you or a +guarantor breach any obligation under or in relation
                  to any +security interest, any +guarantee, a Transferred debt,
                  the transfer of a Transferred debt, the Contract or a +debtor.

         (h)      any of our payments to you is not used in the ordinary  course
                  of your business as described in item l(d).

         (i)      you deal or claim  to deal in any way with the  proceeds  of a
                  Transferred  debt, except within the terms of your appointment
                  as our  collecting  agent  under  clause  8. This  means,  for
                  example,  that we may end this  agreement  if you  deposit the
                  money in your bank account.

         (j)      any of the adverse events  referred to in the +debenture  deed
                  as an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default happens.

30.3     Even if we have  given you a period  of  notice  to end this  agreement
         under  clause  30.2,  we  are  entitled  during  that  period,  at  our
         discretion,  to end this agreement  immediately,  without nonce,  if we
         consider it prudent to do so.

31.      Effect of this Agreement Ending

31.1     When this agreement ends:

         (a)      all +approved debts will be regarded as Disapproved debts, and
                  you  must  immediately  pay to us all  money  to  which we are
                  entitled.

         (b)      we will give you a statement of the amount owing which may, if
                  we choose, take into account any set-off rights we have.

         (c)      the  transfer  of  Transferred  debts  continues  until we are
                  satisfied  that  all  of  your  liabilities  to us  have  been
                  discharged,  and that  there is no risk of us  having  to hand
                  over any payments you, a +debtor,  a +guarantor,  or any other
                  person  has  made  to us.  Those  debts  will be  regarded  as
                  Disapproved debts.

         (d)      we can still rely on, and you must  continue  to comply  with,
                  the provisions of this agreement until all money which you owe
                  us has been  paid and  there is no risk of us  having  to hand
                  over any payments you, a Debtor,  a  +guarantor,  or any other
                  person has made to us.


+See definitions on pages 17 - 19


<PAGE>

                                      -13-

31.2     The liability  referred to in clause 31.1(c) includes the charges which
         we  are  entitled  to  under  clauses  15  and  34 in  respect  of  the
         +disapproved debts referred to in clause 31. I (c).


32.      We Will Re-transfer Remaining Debts

         When we are satisfied that your liability has been  discharged and that
         there is no risk of us having to hand over any payment  you, a +debtor,
         a  +guarantor,  or any other  person,  has made to us, we will, at your
         expense,  retransfer any remaining Transferred debts to you. We warrant
         that,  on  re-transfer,  you will  obtain  the same  title  (if any) we
         received.   However,   we  give  no  warranty   as  to  the   validity,
         enforceability or amount of the debt.


33.      Compensation on Ending of this Agreement

         You  acknowledge  that,  to carry out our part of the bargain,  we will
         incur  substantial  overhead  costs,   including  employment,   rental,
         equipment and finance  facility costs.  Consequently,  if the agreement
         ends because of one of the circumstances set out in clause 30.2, we are
         entitled,  as a liquidated  sum, to the amount  stated in item 4(i). If
         the agreement ends for some other reason (except by you ending it under
         clauses  4.2 or 29),  we are  entitled,  as a  liquidated  sum,  to the
         difference,  during the twelve +months  preceding the agreement ending,
         or any lesser period we choose,  between the amount stated in item 4(i)
         and the  administration  charges we have  actually  become  entitled to
         under clause 15 for the relevant period.

                                G. MISCELLANEOUS

34.      Miscellaneous Charges and Interest

34.1     We are immediately  entitled to payment by you, without demand,  of all
         costs, charges and expenses we incur in relation to this agreement, and
         in  administering  it and  enforcing  it.  "Administering  it" includes
         taking a transfer of Transferred debts and re-transferring them to you.
         It also includes  receiving and recovering money owed in respect of the
         Transferred debts, receiving and paying money under this agreement, and
         the issue and conduct of legal proceedings, whether in your name or our
         name, against a +debtor.

34 2     In the case of legal  expenses,  our entitlement is on a full indemnity
         basis for whatever expenses we agree to pay.

34.3     The costs, charges and expenses include postage,  telephone and courier
         bags at our standard rates; bank, wire and electronic transfer charges,
         financial  institutions  duty,  bank accounts  debits tax,  stamp duty,
         transaction duty and penalties,  registration  fees and charges for any
         credit checks.

34.4     If you fail to pay any amount on the due date for payment, you must pay
         interest  on that amount  from the date  payment  should have been made
         until it is paid. The rate of interest is the +prevailing rate. We will
         calculate the interest daily. You must pay it on demand. We may add any
         overdue  interest  to the amount  you owe.  You will then be liable for
         interest on the total amount.


35.      Reimbursement of Payments

35.1     If, for any  reason,  we become  liable to pay any  amount  that you, a
         +debtor,  a +guarantor or any other person has paid to us, you must pay
         that amount to us.

35.2     If we pay an  amount on the basis of a  document  (including  a cheque,
         money  order,  negotiable  instrument  or  other  instrument)  which is
         subsequently  dishonoured,  you must pay us that amount  (together with
         all associated costs, including legal costs, which we have incurred).

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19




<PAGE>
                                      -14-


36.      Assignment and Agency

36.1     We are  entitled  to  assign  this  agreement  or any of our  rights or
         obligations under it. You may only do so with our written consent.

36.2     We are  entitled  to  appoint  someone  else to act on our behalf or to
         represent  us in relation to anything we are entitled to do, or you are
         under an obligation to do, under this agreement.


37.      Specimen Signatures etc.

         You must give us specimen  signatures of the people who are  authorised
         to sign documents on your behalf.  If you are a  Corporation,  you must
         give us a a copy of the board  resolution  authorising  them.  You must
         inform us immediately of any change in the authorised  people, and give
         us specimen  signatures of any people newly authorised,  together with,
         if you are a Corporation,  a copy of the relevant board  resolution.  A
         request for early  payment under clause 5.1 does not have to be made in
         writing  and does not  have to be made by a person  authorised  to sign
         documents.

38.      Waiver, Consents and Approvals

38.1     If we waive a breach by you of a term of this  agreement or release you
         from an  obligation  under it,  that does not amount to a waiver of any
         later breach or a release from any other obligation.  Nor does it imply
         that we  consent  to any later  breach.  To be  effective,  a waiver or
         release  by us must be in  writing,  and must be signed by us or one of
         our +authorised officers.

38.2     No delay or failure by us in exercising any right,  privilege or option
         will  operate  as a waiver of that or any  other  right,  privilege  or
         option.

38.3     Where this  agreement  requires that we consent to something or approve
         of something,  our prior written  consent or approval is required.  The
         consent or approval  must be signed by us or by one of our  +authorised
         officers.  We are  entitled to give or withhold our consent or approval
         at  our  discretion.  We  may  give  our  consent  or  approval  on any
         conditions we like.

38.4     We do not have to give you any reasons for decisions  which we may make
         under this agreement.


39.      Power of Attorney

39.1     You irrevocably appoint us, each of our +authorised  officers,  and any
         solicitor  acting  on  our  behalf,  jointly  and  severally,  as  your
         attorneys  for signing any documents  and doing  anything  necessary to
         give effect to this agreement; to transfer a Transferred debt to us; to
         perfect a security;  to make an arrangement  or compromise;  to take or
         defend  legal  proceedings  (in your name or  otherwise);  to endorse a
         cheque,  money order,  negotiable  instrument or other  instrument;  to
         effect a legal assignment; and to do anything necessary for us to stand
         in your place in respect of all Transferred debts. You also appoint the
         attorneys to open and deal with all mail addressed to you, to deal with
         money and  cheques,  money  orders,  negotiable  instruments  and other
         instruments  in  relation  to any debt;  to endorse  your name upon any
         notes,   acceptances,   cheques,   drafts,  money  orders,   negotiable
         instruments,  other  instruments  and  other  evidence  of  payment  of
         Transferred  debts; to deposit or collect them; to endorse any bills of
         lading,  other  shipping  documents  or  any  insurance  documents;  to
         discharge  a debt  you owe to  someone  else;  and to give a  direction
         contemplated by clause 9.2.

39.2     If an attorney  discharges a debt you owe, we are entitled to immediate
         payment of the  relevant  amount from you. An attorney is not liable to
         you for anything done by the attorney.

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19





<PAGE>

                                      -15-

40.      Notices and Service

40.1     A notice or demand  from us to you must be in writing  and be signed by
         us, one of our +authorised  officers, or someone else authorised to act
         on our  behalf.  It may be served by giving it to you, by sending it to
         you by telex,  cable or facsimile  transmission,  or by posting it in a
         pre-paid  envelope  to you at the  address  stated  in item  l(c),  the
         address of your registered  office, or your business address last known
         to us. A notice or demand sent by cable is to be treated as having been
         received  by you when it is left at any of those  places.  A notice  or
         demand  sent by telex is to be treated as having  been  received by you
         when we receive your answerback code at the end of the transmission.  A
         notice or demand  sent by  facsimile  transmission  to your last  known
         number is to be treated as having been  received by you when we receive
         an error free  transmission  report. A notice or demand sent by post is
         to be  treated  as  having  been  received  by you the day  after it is
         posted. Nothing in this clause 40. l affects our right to serve process
         in any other way permitted by law.

40.2     Service  is  effective  even if you or one of your  partners  is  dead,
         incompetent,    absent   from   the   jurisdiction,    under   external
         administration, in receivership, in the course of liquidation, or wound
         up. It is effective  despite anything else, as well.  Service on one of
         you is service on all of you.

40.3     A notice  from you to us must be in writing  and  signed by you,  by an
         officer of yours or someone claiming to be an officer of yours, or by a
         person authorised under clause 37. You must deliver the notice to us at
         our +principal office.

40.4     A  specification  under clause l may be oral and may be given to you or
         to anyone  who is, or claims to be, an  officer,  employee  or agent of
         yours,  or  a  person   authorised  under  clause  37.  If  you  are  a
         partnership,  the notice  may be given to any  partner or to anyone who
         is, or claims to be, an officer,  employee or agent of the partnership,
         or a person authorised under clause 37.

41.      Governing Law and Courts

         This agreement is governed by the law of the State or Territory  stated
         in item 8. You submit to the  nonexclusive  jurisdiction  of the courts
         having jurisdiction in that State or Territory.


42.      Evidence

42 1     A  certificate  signed  by us or  one of our  +authorised  officers  in
         relation to an amount owing or anything  arising out of this  agreement
         is  conclusive  evidence of that  thing,  except in the case of obvious
         error.  You will not object to the  admissibility of such a certificate
         in any legal proceedings.

42.2     A decision by a court or arbitrator  (however  described) in any action
         between all or any of you or us, on the one hand,  and any +debtor,  on
         the other hand, in relation to any matters  concerning  the validity or
         enforceability  of any  Transferred  debt or its amount or balance,  is
         conclusive  evidence of those matters unless the decision is quashed or
         altered on appeal.


43.      Joint and Several Liability

         If you  comprise  more  than one  person,  each of you is bound by this
         agreement jointly and severally.

44.      Authority to Fill in Blanks, Entire Agreement and Severability

44. l    You irrevocably authorise us to fill in any blanks in the schedule.

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19




<PAGE>

                                      -16-

44.2     By signing  this  agreement  you  acknowledge  that it contains all the
         terms  of  the  agreement  between  you  and  us  with  respect  to the
         transactions  contemplated  by  this  agreement,  except  where  it  is
         expressly stated that additional terms will apply, and except for other
         documents  we are both  parties  to.  You are not  entitled  to rely on
         representations made by us or any of our officers, agents or employees,
         whether oral or in writing, prior to this agreement. This agreement may
         only be varied by a document signed by us and you.

44.3     If any clause or any part of any clause of this agreement is invalid or
         unenforceable, it is to be treated as not being part of the agreement.

44.4     This  agreement  may be  executed  in any number of  counterparts.  All
         counterparts taken together will constitute the one instrument.


45.      Legal and Financial Advice

         You acknowledge  that you have had the opportunity to take  independent
         legal and financial advice about your rights and obligations under this
         agreement,  and that we relied on this  acknowledgment in entering into
         this agreement.  We make no representations as to any taxation or other
         consequences which this agreement may have for you.

46.      Extended Obligations

46.1     If you are a trustee,  you are bound by this agreement both in your own
         right and as a trustee.

46.2     If this agreement imposes an obligation on you not to do something, you
         must make sure that no-one else does it either.

46.3     If this  agreement  imposes an obligation  on you to do something,  you
         must make sure that everyone does anything that is necessary for you to
         do that thing.


47.      Special Provisions

         The  provisions  (if  any)  in item 9  prevail  over  anything  in this
         agreement  that  is  inconsistent  with  them.  to  the  extent  of the
         inconsistency.


                        H. INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

48.      Interpretation

48.1     In this  agreement,  the table of contents and headings are for ease of
         reference only and do not affect the interpretation of it. The overview
         is not part of this agreement and does not affect the interpretation of
         it.

48.2     Words implying the singular include the plural and vice versa.

48.3     A reference to an item means an item in the schedule.

48.4     A reference to law includes a statute, regulation, statutory instrument
         and rule of common law or equity and any official directive.

48.5     A reference to cleared funds means  immediately  available  funds which
         the  recipient is able to deal with without  limitation as the absolute
         owner.

48.6     Where this agreement refers to our discretion,  that means our absolute
         unfettered discretion.

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19




<PAGE>

                                      -17-

48.7     A reference  to the  Corporations  Law or a provision  or it includes a
         modification or re-enactment of it, a provision  substituted for it and
         a regulation or statutory instrument issued under it.

48.8     Reference to any thing includes the whole and each part of it. The word
         "including"  when used to  introduce an item does not limit the meaning
         of the words to which the item relates to items of a similar kind.


49.      Definitions

Approved Debt means a  +transferred  debt which has not been  disapproved  by us
under clause 3.

Associate includes an Associated company, and any partner, director, shareholder
or employee of you or any of your  +associated  companies.  It also includes any
spouse, child, parent or sibling of you or any of those persons, and the manager
or  trustee  of any  trust  that is  +related  to  you,  and  the  trustee  of a
discretionary trust of which you or any of the other persons referred to in this
definition is a beneficiary.

Associated  Company means a +corporation which is a +subsidiary of you, of which
you are a  +subsidiary,  to which you are  +related,  which has  control of you,
which is  controlled  by you,  or which is  controlled  by a person  which  also
controls you. A +corporation is also an associated company if it holds, directly
or indirectly, voting shares that are more than 5% of your issued share capital;
or if you hold,  directly or indirectly,  voting shares that are more than 5% of
its issued share capital. A +corporation is also an associated company if any of
those conditions applied at any time during the previous year.

Authorised  Officers  means each of our directors and  secretaries,  each person
whose  title   includes   "manager",   "assistant   manager",   "secretary"   or
"accountant", and each person that we advise you is an authorised officer.

Contract  means the contract  (whether in writing or otherwise)  for the sale of
+goods or performance of +services.

Corporation means a corporation as defined in the Corporations Law, but includes
an exempt body as defined by section 66A of the Corporations Law.

Debenture  Deed means any document  under which you, or you and another  person,
give us a +security interest for the performance of this agreement.

Debtor  means the  person  who is  liable,  or who  should be  liable,  to pay a
+transferred debt.

Disapproved  Debt means a  +transferred  debt which has been  disapproved  by us
under clause 3.

Entity includes a natural person,  firm,  partnership,  joint venture,  society,
trust (in each case  whether  or not  having  separate  legal  personality)  and
Corporation, and any other legal entity under any law.

Expected Rate of Return means the return we expect to make on +transferred debts
after taking into account all the direct and indirect costs we incur in relation
to dealing with those debts, including the cost of funds to purchase them.

Financial  Indebtedness  means any  indebtedness in respect of money borrowed or
raised,  and any financial  accommodation  of any kind. The  indebtedness may be
present or future. It may be actual or contingent. It includes the following:

(a)      a +guarantee,  negotiable  instrument,  other financial instrument,  or
         discounting arrangement.

(b)      an interest,  gold or currency  exchange,  hedge or other  arrangement,
         including a swap,  option,  futures  contract,  exchange  agreement and
         purchase agreement.

(c)      the par value,  premium and  dividend  (whether  declared  or not,  and
         whether  there are  sufficient  funds for payment or not) of a share or
         stock which is redeemable or subject to a +guarantee.

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19




<PAGE>

                                      -18-

(d)      indebtedness which applicable  accounting standards would require to be
         capitalised on a balance sheet.

(e)      the deferred purchase price of an asset,  service or work done, and any
         related obligation.

(f)      an obligation to deliver goods or other property,  or perform  services
         or work,  that have  been  paid for in  advance  by a  financier  or in
         relation to another financing transaction.

Goods,  in relation to a  +transferred  debt,  means the property sold, or which
should have been sold, by you to the +debtor, the sale of which gave rise to, or
should have given rise to, the debt.

Guarantee  means a guarantee,  indemnity,  guarantee  and  indemnity,  letter of
credit, legally binding letter of comfort or suretyship, or any other obligation
(including  an  irrevocable  offer) of any kind at all,  whatever  its nature or
title. It must be one under which the +guarantor is to pay,  purchase,  +provide
funds, or to be responsible in any other way for any of the following:

(a)      an obligation or indebtedness of another person.

(b)      a dividend, distribution,  capital or premium on shares, stock or other
         interests.

(c)      the insolvency or financial condition of another person.

Guarantor means a person who has provided,  or should have provided a +guarantee
in our favour in relation to your obligations under this agreement.

Invoice, in relation to a +transferred debt, means the document addressed by you
to the  +debtor  which  evidences  that debt and  specifies  the +goods  sold or
+services performed for which the +debtor is to pay and the terms of payment.
Month means calendar month.

Net Value means the gross amount charged (including any tax or charge), less any
allowances,  discounts or credits  allowed to the +debtor before the transfer of
the debt to us.

Percentage,  where  it  refers  to an  annual  percentage  rate,  means  a  rate
calculated on the basis of a 365 day year.

Prevailing Rate means the annual +percentage which we decide is equal to the sum
of the rate specified in item 4(j) and the highest of the prevailing prime rates
of Westpac Banking Corporation,  Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
and National Australia Bank Limited. We are entitled to adjust that rate (or the
way it is  calculated)  if we consider  this  necessary  in order to achieve our
+expected rate of return.

Principal  Office means our  principal  address  specified in item l(b),  or any
substitute address which we specify

Provide  Funds  means  provide  funds by advance  of money,  by  purchase  of or
subscription for shares or other  securities,  by purchase of assets,  rights or
services, and by any other means.

Recourse  Date, in relation to a +transferred  debt,  means the day which is the
number of days  specified  in item 4(g) from the end of the  +month in which the
+transferred debt arose.

Related, in relation to a corporation, means a related body corporate within the
meaning  of  section  50  of  the  Corporations  Law,  but  on  the  basis  that
"subsidiary"  has the meaning  given  below and "body  corporate"  includes  any
+entity.

Security Interest includes any kind of oral or written mortgage,  pledge,  lien,
charge. encumbrance,  hypothecation, security interest, preferential interest or
any other arrangement  having  substantially  the same economic effect;  and any
right of, or  arrangement  with,  a  creditor  to have its claims  satisfied  in
priority to other  creditors  with, or from the proceeds of, any asset.  It also
includes retention of title and a deposit of money by way of security.  However,
it does  not  include  a  charge  or lien  arising  in  favour  of a  government
department  or agency by  operation  of  statute,  unless  there is a default in
payment of money secured by that charge or lien.

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19




<PAGE>

                                      -19-

Services,  in relation to a +transferred  debt, means the services  performed or
work done, or which should have been  performed or done, by you for the +debtor,
the performance of which gave rise to, or should have given rise to, the debt.

Subsidiary, in relation to a Corporation,  means a subsidiary within the meaning
of section 46 of the Corporations Law, However,  an +entity is also a subsidiary
of an +entity if it is controlled by that +entity. In addition, a trust may be a
subsidiary (in which case, a unit or other beneficial interest Is to be regarded
as a share); and an +entity may be a subsidiary of a trust if it would have been
a subsidiary if that trust were a Corporation.

Trading  Debt means an  existing or future  right to receive  payment for +goods
sold by you and  accepted by the  purchaser  or an  existing or future  right to
receive  payment for +services  which have been  performed by you.  Trading debt
includes all other rights which you may have in respect of any such  transaction
and in respect of any +goods which are the subject of any such transaction;  and
interest and costs recoverable from the +debtor.  However, it does not include a
right to payment under a transaction which was not at arm's length; or which was
with an +associate of yours.  It also does not include sales based on letters of
credit (other than standby letters of credit),  cash against  documents,  or any
kind of sales for cash.  The name or style  under  which  you were  trading  and
whether the debt  actually  arose in the course of the  business  referred to in
item I (d), is irrelevant.

Transferred  Debt means a +trading debt which you transfer or should transfer to
us.

+See definitions on pages 17 - 19



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                  5
<LEGEND>
THIS  SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL   INFORMATION  EXTRACTED  FROM  THE
COMPANY'S  FORM 10SB  AMENDMENT FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND
IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>

<S>                        <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>              6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                      JUN-30-2000
<PERIOD-START>                                         JUL-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                           DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                                     217,525
<SECURITIES>                                                     0
<RECEIVABLES>                                            2,767,835
<ALLOWANCES>                                                86,812
<INVENTORY>                                                305,620
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                         3,749,425
<PP&E>                                                     438,225
<DEPRECIATION>                                                   0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                           4,037,200
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                    3,801,898
<BONDS>                                                          0
                                            0
                                                      0
<COMMON>                                                    10,400
<OTHER-SE>                                                       0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                             4,037,200
<SALES>                                                  6,028,155
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                         6,028,155
<CGS>                                                    3,602,655
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                            3,602,655
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                         3,791,470
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                                 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                         (25,712)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                         (1,383,488)
<INCOME-TAX>                                                     0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                     (1,383,488)
<DISCONTINUED>                                                   0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                  0
<CHANGES>                                                        0
<NET-INCOME>                                            (1,383,488)
<EPS-BASIC>                                                (0.13)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                (0.13)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission